icu.lo insert.lo journal.lo legacy.lo loadext.lo \
         main.lo malloc.lo mem0.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem5.lo \
         memjournal.lo \
         mutex.lo mutex_noop.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
         notify.lo opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo \
         pager.lo parse.lo pcache.lo pcache1.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo \
         random.lo resolve.lo rowset.lo rtree.lo select.lo status.lo \
         table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo \
         update.lo util.lo vacuum.lo \
         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbemem.lo vdbesort.lo \
         vdbetrace.lo wal.lo walker.lo where.lo utf.lo vtab.lo

# Object files for the amalgamation.
#
LIBOBJS1 = sqlite3.lo
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/status.c \
  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)/src/table.c \

  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_backup.c \

  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_func.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_test.c 

# Statically linked extensions
#
TESTSRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/amatch.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/closure.c \

  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fileio.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/percentile.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/regexp.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/spellfix.c \
................................................................................
		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"







# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
# all that automatic generation.
#
................................................................................

status.lo:	$(TOP)/src/status.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/status.c

table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c




tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c

trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c

update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
................................................................................
	echo "static const char *zMainloop = " >> $@
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/tool/tostr.awk $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >> $@
	echo "; return zMainloop; }" >> $@

sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE): sqlite3_analyzer.c
	$(LTLINK) sqlite3_analyzer.c -o $@ $(LIBTCL) $(TLIBS)

showdb$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.c $(TLIBS)













LogEst$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) -I. -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/logest.c

wordcount$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c $(TLIBS)

speedtest1$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/test/speedtest1.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)





























# Standard install and cleanup targets
#
lib_install:	libsqlite3.la
	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
	
................................................................................
	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc .target_source
	rm -f tclsqlite3$(TEXE)
	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db



	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	rm -f sqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3rc.h
	rm -f shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE) sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix
	rm -f mptester mptester.exe

         icu.lo insert.lo journal.lo legacy.lo loadext.lo \
         main.lo malloc.lo mem0.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem5.lo \
         memjournal.lo \
         mutex.lo mutex_noop.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
         notify.lo opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo \
         pager.lo parse.lo pcache.lo pcache1.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo \
         random.lo resolve.lo rowset.lo rtree.lo select.lo status.lo \
         table.lo threads.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo \
         update.lo util.lo vacuum.lo \
         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbemem.lo vdbesort.lo \
         vdbetrace.lo wal.lo walker.lo where.lo utf.lo vtab.lo

# Object files for the amalgamation.
#
LIBOBJS1 = sqlite3.lo
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/status.c \
  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
  $(TOP)/src/threads.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_backup.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_blob.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_func.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_test.c 

# Statically linked extensions
#
TESTSRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/amatch.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/closure.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/eval.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fileio.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/percentile.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/regexp.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/spellfix.c \
................................................................................
		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

mptest:	mptester$(EXE)
	rm -f mptest1.db
	./mptester$(EXE) mptest1.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test
	rm -f mptest2.db
	./mptester$(EXE) mptest2.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test

# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
# all that automatic generation.
#
................................................................................

status.lo:	$(TOP)/src/status.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/status.c

table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c

threads.lo:	$(TOP)/src/threads.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/threads.c

tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c

trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c

update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
................................................................................
	echo "static const char *zMainloop = " >> $@
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/tool/tostr.awk $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >> $@
	echo "; return zMainloop; }" >> $@

sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE): sqlite3_analyzer.c
	$(LTLINK) sqlite3_analyzer.c -o $@ $(LIBTCL) $(TLIBS)

showdb$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

showstat4$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showstat4.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/showstat4.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

showjournal$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showjournal.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/showjournal.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

showwal$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showwal.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/showwal.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

rollback-test$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/rollback-test.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/rollback-test.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

LogEst$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) -I. -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/logest.c

wordcount$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c $(TLIBS)

speedtest1$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.lo
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/test/speedtest1.c sqlite3.lo $(TLIBS)

# This target will fail if the SQLite amalgamation contains any exported
# symbols that do not begin with "sqlite3_". It is run as part of the
# releasetest.tcl script.
#
checksymbols: sqlite3.lo
	nm -g --defined-only sqlite3.o | grep -v " sqlite3_" ; test $$? -ne 0
	echo '0 errors out of 1 tests'

# The next two rules are used to support the "threadtest" target. Building
# threadtest runs a few thread-safety tests that are implemented in C. This
# target is invoked by the releasetest.tcl script.
# 
THREADTEST3_SRC = $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c    \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_checkpoint.c \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_index.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_vacuum.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_stress.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_lookaside1.c

threadtest3$(TEXE): sqlite3.lo $(THREADTEST3_SRC)
	$(LTLINK) $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c sqlite3.lo -o $@ $(TLIBS)

threadtest: threadtest3$(TEXE)
	./threadtest3$(TEXE)

releasetest:	
	$(TCLSH_CMD) $(TOP)/test/releasetest.tcl

# Standard install and cleanup targets
#
lib_install:	libsqlite3.la
	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
	
................................................................................
	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc .target_source
	rm -f tclsqlite3$(TEXE)
	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
	rm -f LogEst$(TEXE) fts3view$(TEXE) rollback-test$(TEXE) showdb$(TEXE)
	rm -f showjournal$(TEXE) showstat4$(TEXE) showwal$(TEXE) speedtest1$(TEXE)
	rm -f wordcount$(TEXE)
	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	rm -f sqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3rc.h
	rm -f shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE) sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix
	rm -f mptester mptester.exe

!ENDIF

# Set this to one of the following values to enable various debugging
# features.  Each level includes the debugging options from the previous
# levels.  Currently, the recognized values for DEBUG are:
#
# 0 == NDEBUG: Disables assert() and other runtime diagnostics.

# 1 == Disables NDEBUG and all optimizations and then enables PDBs.
# 2 == SQLITE_DEBUG: Enables various diagnostics messages and code.
# 3 == SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE: Validate the Win32 native heap per call.
# 4 == SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE: Enables output from the OSTRACE() macros.
# 5 == SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE: Enables output from the IOTRACE() macros.
#
!IFNDEF DEBUG
DEBUG = 0
!ENDIF

# Enable use of available compiler optimizations?  Normally, this should be
# non-zero.  Setting this to zero, thus disabling all compiler optimizations,
................................................................................

# Also, we need to dynamically link to the correct MSVC runtime
# when compiling for WinRT (e.g. debug or release) OR if the
# USE_CRT_DLL option is set to force dynamically linking to the
# MSVC runtime library.
#
!IF $(FOR_WINRT)!=0 || $(USE_CRT_DLL)!=0
!IF $(DEBUG)>0
TCC = $(TCC) -MDd
BCC = $(BCC) -MDd
!ELSE
TCC = $(TCC) -MD
BCC = $(BCC) -MD
!ENDIF
!ELSE
!IF $(DEBUG)>0
TCC = $(TCC) -MTd
BCC = $(BCC) -MTd
!ELSE
TCC = $(TCC) -MT
BCC = $(BCC) -MT
!ENDIF
!ENDIF
................................................................................
!ENDIF

# The mksqlite3c.tcl script accepts some options on the command
# line.  When compiling with debugging enabled, some of these
# options are necessary in order to allow debugging symbols to
# work correctly with Visual Studio when using the amalgamation.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>0
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS = --linemacros
!ELSE
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS =
!ENDIF

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
................................................................................
#
!IF $(DEBUG)==0
TCC = $(TCC) -DNDEBUG
BCC = $(BCC) -DNDEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -DNDEBUG
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>1





TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>3
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>4
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
!ENDIF

# Prevent warnings about "insecure" MSVC runtime library functions
# being used.
#
................................................................................
#
!ELSEIF $(WIN32HEAP)!=0
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1

# Validate the heap on every call into the native Win32 heap subsystem?
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>2
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
!ENDIF
!ENDIF

# The locations of the Tcl header and library files.  Also, the library that
# non-stubs enabled programs using Tcl must link against.  These variables
................................................................................
# nmake /f Makefile.msc all "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FOO=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_FOO=1"
#
TCC = $(TCC) $(OPTS)
RCC = $(RCC) $(OPTS)

# If compiling for debugging, add some defines.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>0
TCC = $(TCC) -D_DEBUG
BCC = $(BCC) -D_DEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -D_DEBUG
!ENDIF

# If optimizations are enabled or disabled (either implicitly or
# explicitly), add the necessary flags.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>0 || $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==0
TCC = $(TCC) -Od
BCC = $(BCC) -Od
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)>=3
TCC = $(TCC) -Ox
BCC = $(BCC) -Ox
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==2
TCC = $(TCC) -O2
................................................................................
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==1
TCC = $(TCC) -O1
BCC = $(BCC) -O1
!ENDIF

# If symbols are enabled (or compiling for debugging), enable PDBs.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>0 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
TCC = $(TCC) -Zi
BCC = $(BCC) -Zi
!ENDIF

# If ICU support is enabled, add the compiler options for it.
#
!IF $(USE_ICU)!=0
................................................................................
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /DYNAMICBASE
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) WindowsPhoneCore.lib RuntimeObject.lib PhoneAppModelHost.lib
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /NODEFAULTLIB:kernel32.lib /NODEFAULTLIB:ole32.lib
!ENDIF

# If either debugging or symbols are enabled, enable PDBs.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>0 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
LDFLAGS = /DEBUG
!ENDIF

# Start with the Tcl related linker options.
#
!IF $(NO_TCL)==0
LTLIBPATHS = /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR)
................................................................................
         icu.lo insert.lo journal.lo legacy.lo loadext.lo \
         main.lo malloc.lo mem0.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem5.lo \
         memjournal.lo \
         mutex.lo mutex_noop.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
         notify.lo opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo \
         pager.lo pcache.lo pcache1.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo \
         random.lo resolve.lo rowset.lo rtree.lo select.lo status.lo \
         table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo \
         update.lo util.lo vacuum.lo \
         vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbemem.lo vdbesort.lo \
         vdbetrace.lo wal.lo walker.lo where.lo utf.lo vtab.lo

# Object files for the amalgamation.
#
LIBOBJS1 = sqlite3.lo
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\src\status.c \
  $(TOP)\src\shell.c \
  $(TOP)\src\sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)\src\sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)\src\sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)\src\sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)\src\table.c \

  $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c \
  $(TOP)\src\tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)\src\trigger.c \
  $(TOP)\src\utf.c \
  $(TOP)\src\update.c \
  $(TOP)\src\util.c \
  $(TOP)\src\vacuum.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\src\test6.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test7.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test8.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test9.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_async.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_backup.c \

  $(TOP)\src\test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_config.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_func.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\ext\fts3\fts3_test.c

# Statically linked extensions
#
TESTEXT = \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\amatch.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\closure.c \

  $(TOP)\ext\misc\fileio.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\percentile.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\regexp.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\spellfix.c \
................................................................................
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\select.c

status.lo:	$(TOP)\src\status.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\status.c

table.lo:	$(TOP)\src\table.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\table.c




tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)\src\tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\tokenize.c

trigger.lo:	$(TOP)\src\trigger.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\trigger.c

................................................................................

testloadext.dll: testloadext.lo
	$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /DLL /OUT:$@ testloadext.lo

showdb.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\showdb.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\showdb.c $(SQLITE3C)





















LogEst.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) -Fe$@ $(TOP)\tool\LogEst.c

wordcount.exe:	$(TOP)\test\wordcount.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\test\wordcount.c $(SQLITE3C)
................................................................................
	-rmdir /Q/S quota2b
	-rmdir /Q/S quota2c
	-rmdir /Q/S tsrc
	del /Q .target_source
	del /Q tclsqlite3.exe tclsqlite3.exp
	del /Q testloadext.dll testloadext.exp
	del /Q testfixture.exe testfixture.exp test.db



	del /Q sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	del /Q sqlite3.c sqlite3-*.c
	del /Q sqlite3rc.h
	del /Q shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	del /Q sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.exp sqlite3_analyzer.c
	del /Q sqlite-*-output.vsix
	del /Q mptester.exe

!ENDIF

# Set this to one of the following values to enable various debugging
# features.  Each level includes the debugging options from the previous
# levels.  Currently, the recognized values for DEBUG are:
#
# 0 == NDEBUG: Disables assert() and other runtime diagnostics.
# 1 == SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR: extra attempts to detect misuse of the API.
# 2 == Disables NDEBUG and all optimizations and then enables PDBs.
# 3 == SQLITE_DEBUG: Enables various diagnostics messages and code.
# 4 == SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE: Validate the Win32 native heap per call.
# 5 == SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE: Enables output from the OSTRACE() macros.
# 6 == SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE: Enables output from the IOTRACE() macros.
#
!IFNDEF DEBUG
DEBUG = 0
!ENDIF

# Enable use of available compiler optimizations?  Normally, this should be
# non-zero.  Setting this to zero, thus disabling all compiler optimizations,
................................................................................

# Also, we need to dynamically link to the correct MSVC runtime
# when compiling for WinRT (e.g. debug or release) OR if the
# USE_CRT_DLL option is set to force dynamically linking to the
# MSVC runtime library.
#
!IF $(FOR_WINRT)!=0 || $(USE_CRT_DLL)!=0
!IF $(DEBUG)>1
TCC = $(TCC) -MDd
BCC = $(BCC) -MDd
!ELSE
TCC = $(TCC) -MD
BCC = $(BCC) -MD
!ENDIF
!ELSE
!IF $(DEBUG)>1
TCC = $(TCC) -MTd
BCC = $(BCC) -MTd
!ELSE
TCC = $(TCC) -MT
BCC = $(BCC) -MT
!ENDIF
!ENDIF
................................................................................
!ENDIF

# The mksqlite3c.tcl script accepts some options on the command
# line.  When compiling with debugging enabled, some of these
# options are necessary in order to allow debugging symbols to
# work correctly with Visual Studio when using the amalgamation.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>1
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS = --linemacros
!ELSE
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS =
!ENDIF

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
................................................................................
#
!IF $(DEBUG)==0
TCC = $(TCC) -DNDEBUG
BCC = $(BCC) -DNDEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -DNDEBUG
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>0
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>2
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>4
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE=1
!ENDIF

!IF $(DEBUG)>5
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
!ENDIF

# Prevent warnings about "insecure" MSVC runtime library functions
# being used.
#
................................................................................
#
!ELSEIF $(WIN32HEAP)!=0
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1

# Validate the heap on every call into the native Win32 heap subsystem?
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>3
TCC = $(TCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
RCC = $(RCC) -DSQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE=1
!ENDIF
!ENDIF

# The locations of the Tcl header and library files.  Also, the library that
# non-stubs enabled programs using Tcl must link against.  These variables
................................................................................
# nmake /f Makefile.msc all "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FOO=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_FOO=1"
#
TCC = $(TCC) $(OPTS)
RCC = $(RCC) $(OPTS)

# If compiling for debugging, add some defines.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>1
TCC = $(TCC) -D_DEBUG
BCC = $(BCC) -D_DEBUG
RCC = $(RCC) -D_DEBUG
!ENDIF

# If optimizations are enabled or disabled (either implicitly or
# explicitly), add the necessary flags.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==0
TCC = $(TCC) -Od
BCC = $(BCC) -Od
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)>=3
TCC = $(TCC) -Ox
BCC = $(BCC) -Ox
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==2
TCC = $(TCC) -O2
................................................................................
!ELSEIF $(OPTIMIZATIONS)==1
TCC = $(TCC) -O1
BCC = $(BCC) -O1
!ENDIF

# If symbols are enabled (or compiling for debugging), enable PDBs.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
TCC = $(TCC) -Zi
BCC = $(BCC) -Zi
!ENDIF

# If ICU support is enabled, add the compiler options for it.
#
!IF $(USE_ICU)!=0
................................................................................
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /DYNAMICBASE
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) WindowsPhoneCore.lib RuntimeObject.lib PhoneAppModelHost.lib
LTLINKOPTS = $(LTLINKOPTS) /NODEFAULTLIB:kernel32.lib /NODEFAULTLIB:ole32.lib
!ENDIF

# If either debugging or symbols are enabled, enable PDBs.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)>1 || $(SYMBOLS)!=0
LDFLAGS = /DEBUG
!ENDIF

# Start with the Tcl related linker options.
#
!IF $(NO_TCL)==0
LTLIBPATHS = /LIBPATH:$(TCLLIBDIR)
................................................................................
         icu.lo insert.lo journal.lo legacy.lo loadext.lo \
         main.lo malloc.lo mem0.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem5.lo \
         memjournal.lo \
         mutex.lo mutex_noop.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
         notify.lo opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo \
         pager.lo pcache.lo pcache1.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo \
         random.lo resolve.lo rowset.lo rtree.lo select.lo status.lo \
         table.lo threads.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo \
         update.lo util.lo vacuum.lo \
         vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbemem.lo vdbesort.lo \
         vdbetrace.lo wal.lo walker.lo where.lo utf.lo vtab.lo

# Object files for the amalgamation.
#
LIBOBJS1 = sqlite3.lo
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\src\status.c \
  $(TOP)\src\shell.c \
  $(TOP)\src\sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)\src\sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)\src\sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)\src\sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)\src\table.c \
  $(TOP)\src\threads.c \
  $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c \
  $(TOP)\src\tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)\src\trigger.c \
  $(TOP)\src\utf.c \
  $(TOP)\src\update.c \
  $(TOP)\src\util.c \
  $(TOP)\src\vacuum.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\src\test6.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test7.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test8.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test9.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_async.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_backup.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_blob.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_config.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_func.c \
  $(TOP)\src\test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)\ext\fts3\fts3_test.c

# Statically linked extensions
#
TESTEXT = \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\amatch.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\closure.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\eval.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\fileio.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\percentile.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\regexp.c \
  $(TOP)\ext\misc\spellfix.c \
................................................................................
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\select.c

status.lo:	$(TOP)\src\status.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\status.c

table.lo:	$(TOP)\src\table.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\table.c

threads.lo:	$(TOP)\src\threads.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\threads.c

tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)\src\tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\tokenize.c

trigger.lo:	$(TOP)\src\trigger.c $(HDR)
	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)\src\trigger.c

................................................................................

testloadext.dll: testloadext.lo
	$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /DLL /OUT:$@ testloadext.lo

showdb.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\showdb.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\showdb.c $(SQLITE3C)

showstat4.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\showstat4.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\showstat4.c $(SQLITE3C)

showjournal.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\showjournal.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\showjournal.c $(SQLITE3C)

showwal.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\showwal.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\showwal.c $(SQLITE3C)

fts3view.exe:	$(TOP)\ext\fts3\tool\fts3view.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\ext\fts3\tool\fts3view.c $(SQLITE3C)

rollback-test.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\rollback-test.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\tool\rollback-test.c $(SQLITE3C)

LogEst.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) -Fe$@ $(TOP)\tool\LogEst.c

wordcount.exe:	$(TOP)\test\wordcount.c $(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTLINK) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -Fe$@ \
		$(TOP)\test\wordcount.c $(SQLITE3C)
................................................................................
	-rmdir /Q/S quota2b
	-rmdir /Q/S quota2c
	-rmdir /Q/S tsrc
	del /Q .target_source
	del /Q tclsqlite3.exe tclsqlite3.exp
	del /Q testloadext.dll testloadext.exp
	del /Q testfixture.exe testfixture.exp test.db
	del /Q LogEst.exe fts3view.exe rollback-test.exe showdb.exe
	del /Q showjournal.exe showstat4.exe showwal.exe speedtest1.exe
	del /Q wordcount.exe
	del /Q sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.exp sqlite3.def
	del /Q sqlite3.c sqlite3-*.c
	del /Q sqlite3rc.h
	del /Q shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	del /Q sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.exp sqlite3_analyzer.c
	del /Q sqlite-*-output.vsix
	del /Q mptester.exe

There are several build options that can be set via the NMAKE command
line.  For example, to build for WinRT, simply add "FOR_WINRT=1" argument
to the "sqlite3.dll" command line above.  When debugging into the SQLite
code, adding the "DEBUG=1" argument to one of the above command lines is
recommended.

SQLite does not require Tcl to run, but a Tcl installation is required
by the makefiles (including those for MSVC).  SQLite contains a lot of
generated code and Tcl is used to do much of that code generation.  The
makefiles also require AWK.

## Source Code Tour

Most of the core source files are in the **src/** subdirectory.  But
src/ also contains files used to build the "testfixture" test harness;
those file all begin with "test".  And src/ contains the "shell.c" file
which is the main program for the "sqlite3.exe" command-line shell and
................................................................................
of the automatically-generated files, simply run "make target_source".
The "target_source" make target will create a subdirectory "tsrc/" and
fill it with all the source files needed to build SQLite, both
manually-edited files and automatically-generated files.

The SQLite interface is defined by the **sqlite3.h** header file, which is
generated from src/sqlite.h.in, ./manifest.uuid, and ./VERSION.  The
Tcl script at tool/mksqlite3h.tcl does the conversion.  The manifest.uuid
file contains the SHA1 hash of the particular check-in and is used to generate
the SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro.  The VERSION file contains the current SQLite
version number.  The sqlite3.h header is really just a copy of src/sqlite.h.in
with the source-id and version number inserted at just the right spots.
Note that comment text in the sqlite3.h file is used to generate much of
the SQLite API documentation.  The Tcl scripts used to generate that
documentation are in a separate source repository.

The SQL language parser is **parse.c** which is generate from a grammar in
the src/parse.y file.  The conversion of "parse.y" into "parse.c" is done
by the [lemon](./doc/lemon.html) LALR(1) parser generator.  The source code
for lemon is at tool/lemon.c.  Lemon uses a
template for generating its parser.  A generic template is in tool/lempar.c,
but SQLite uses a slightly modified template found in src/lempar.c.

There are several build options that can be set via the NMAKE command
line.  For example, to build for WinRT, simply add "FOR_WINRT=1" argument
to the "sqlite3.dll" command line above.  When debugging into the SQLite
code, adding the "DEBUG=1" argument to one of the above command lines is
recommended.

SQLite does not require [Tcl](http://www.tcl.tk/) to run, but a Tcl installation
is required by the makefiles (including those for MSVC).  SQLite contains
a lot of generated code and Tcl is used to do much of that code generation.
The makefiles also require AWK.

## Source Code Tour

Most of the core source files are in the **src/** subdirectory.  But
src/ also contains files used to build the "testfixture" test harness;
those file all begin with "test".  And src/ contains the "shell.c" file
which is the main program for the "sqlite3.exe" command-line shell and
................................................................................
of the automatically-generated files, simply run "make target_source".
The "target_source" make target will create a subdirectory "tsrc/" and
fill it with all the source files needed to build SQLite, both
manually-edited files and automatically-generated files.

The SQLite interface is defined by the **sqlite3.h** header file, which is
generated from src/sqlite.h.in, ./manifest.uuid, and ./VERSION.  The
[Tcl script](http://www.tcl.tk) at tool/mksqlite3h.tcl does the conversion.
The manifest.uuid file contains the SHA1 hash of the particular check-in
and is used to generate the SQLITE\_SOURCE\_ID macro.  The VERSION file
contains the current SQLite version number.  The sqlite3.h header is really
just a copy of src/sqlite.h.in with the source-id and version number inserted
at just the right spots. Note that comment text in the sqlite3.h file is
used to generate much of the SQLite API documentation.  The Tcl scripts
used to generate that documentation are in a separate source repository.

The SQL language parser is **parse.c** which is generate from a grammar in
the src/parse.y file.  The conversion of "parse.y" into "parse.c" is done
by the [lemon](./doc/lemon.html) LALR(1) parser generator.  The source code
for lemon is at tool/lemon.c.  Lemon uses a
template for generating its parser.  A generic template is in tool/lempar.c,
but SQLite uses a slightly modified template found in src/lempar.c.

3.8.5

3.8.8

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@

datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@
datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))



AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#
#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])

AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"

	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])


	    # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
	    TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots


	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
	       SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
	       LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"
	    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
		;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.5.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.5'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.5'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.5:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.5
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.5
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.8.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.8'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.8'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.8 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.8:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.8
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.8, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.8, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.8
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
  assert( iIdx==nVal );

  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);

  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));

  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
  pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);

................................................................................
**
** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
** And so on.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif

/*
................................................................................
** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
#endif
................................................................................
  }

  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
#endif
    ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
        rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
        if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
          iMax = a[i].iDocid;
          bMaxSet = 1;
        }
      }
      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 );
      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );

      /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
      for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 
            && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 
        ){

  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
  assert( iIdx==nVal );

  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));

  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
  pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);

................................................................................
**
** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
** And so on.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
#endif

/*
................................................................................
** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
#endif
................................................................................
  }

  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
#endif
    ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
        rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
        if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
          iMax = a[i].iDocid;
          bMaxSet = 1;
        }
      }
      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) );
      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );

      /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
      for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 
            && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 
        ){

int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);

/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
#endif

#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */

int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);

/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);

/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
#endif

#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
#endif /* _FTSINT_H */

  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
  int i = 0;

  /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
    if( z[i]=='*' || z[i]=='"' ) break;
  }

  *pnConsumed = i;
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *zToken;
    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;

  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
  int i = 0;

  /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
    if( z[i]=='"' ) break;
  }

  *pnConsumed = i;
  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *zToken;
    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;

** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
**
** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
** by a consonant.
**
** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
*/
static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
  return *z!=0;
}

** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
**
** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
** by a consonant.
**
** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel.
*/
static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
  return *z!=0;
}

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61

#include "fts3Int.h"
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................
  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
    const char *z = azArg[i];
    int n = strlen(z);

    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
    }
    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
    }
................................................................................
  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
  int iCode;
  char *zOut;
  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
  const unsigned char *zEnd;
  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];

  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
................................................................................
    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
  );

  /* Set the output variables and return. */
  pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput);
  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
  *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken;
  *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput);
  *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
................................................................................
    unicodeNext,
    0,
  };
  *ppModule = &module;
}

#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE

#include "fts3Int.h"
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
................................................................................
  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
    const char *z = azArg[i];
    int n = (int)strlen(z);

    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
    }
    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
    }
................................................................................
  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
  int iCode = 0;
  char *zOut;
  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
  const unsigned char *zEnd;
  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];

  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
................................................................................
    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
  );

  /* Set the output variables and return. */
  pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput);
  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
  *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken);
  *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput);
  *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
................................................................................
    unicodeNext,
    0,
  };
  *ppModule = &module;
}

#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */

******************************************************************************
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)

#include <assert.h>

/*
** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
................................................................................
  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  const static unsigned int aEntry[] = {
    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
................................................................................
    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
  };

  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
};


/*
** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
** is a diacritical modifier character.
*/
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
................................................................................
  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
    ret = c + 40;
  }

  return ret;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */

******************************************************************************
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)

#include <assert.h>

/*
** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
................................................................................
  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
................................................................................
    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
  };

  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
}


/*
** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
** is a diacritical modifier character.
*/
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
................................................................................
  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
    ret = c + 40;
  }

  return ret;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */

  n = 0;
  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    n = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  nLeaf = nSeg - nIdx;
  printf("Leaf segments larger than %5d bytes.... %9d   %5.2f%%\n",
         pgsz-45, n, n*100.0/nLeaf);

  pStmt = prepare(db, "SELECT max(level%%1024) FROM '%q_segdir'", zTab);
  mxLevel = 0;
  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
................................................................................
){
  sqlite3_int64 iChild;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrefix;
  sqlite3_int64 nTerm;
  sqlite3_int64 n;
  sqlite3_int64 iDocsz;
  int iHeight;
  int i = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  char zTerm[1000];

  i += getVarint(aData, &n);
  iHeight = (int)n;
  printf("height: %d\n", iHeight);
  if( iHeight>0 ){
................................................................................
      iPrefix = 0;
    }
    i += getVarint(aData+i, &nTerm);
    if( iPrefix+nTerm+1 >= sizeof(zTerm) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "term to long\n");
      exit(1);
    }
    memcpy(zTerm+iPrefix, aData+i, nTerm);
    zTerm[iPrefix+nTerm] = 0;
    i += nTerm;
    if( iHeight==0 ){
      i += getVarint(aData+i, &iDocsz);
      printf("term: %-25s doclist %7lld bytes offset %d\n", zTerm, iDocsz, i);
      i += iDocsz;
    }else{
      printf("term: %-25s child %lld\n", zTerm, ++iChild);
    }
  }
}
  
................................................................................
** is azExtra[2].
**
** If the --raw option is present in azExtra, then a hex dump is provided.
** Otherwise a decoding is shown.
*/
static void showDoclist(sqlite3 *db, const char *zTab){
  const unsigned char *aData;
  sqlite3_int64 offset, nData;

  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;

  offset = atoi64(azExtra[1]);
  nData = atoi64(azExtra[2]);
  pStmt = prepareToGetSegment(db, zTab, azExtra[0]);
  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW ){
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    return;
  }
  aData = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
  printf("Doclist at %s offset %lld of size %lld bytes:\n",
         azExtra[0], offset, nData);
  if( findOption("raw", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    printBlob(aData+offset, nData);
  }else{
    decodeDoclist(aData+offset, nData);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

  n = 0;
  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    n = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  nLeaf = nSeg - nIdx;
  printf("Leaf segments larger than %5d bytes.... %9d   %5.2f%%\n",
         pgsz-45, n, nLeaf>0 ? n*100.0/nLeaf : 0.0);

  pStmt = prepare(db, "SELECT max(level%%1024) FROM '%q_segdir'", zTab);
  mxLevel = 0;
  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
................................................................................
){
  sqlite3_int64 iChild;
  sqlite3_int64 iPrefix;
  sqlite3_int64 nTerm;
  sqlite3_int64 n;
  sqlite3_int64 iDocsz;
  int iHeight;
  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  char zTerm[1000];

  i += getVarint(aData, &n);
  iHeight = (int)n;
  printf("height: %d\n", iHeight);
  if( iHeight>0 ){
................................................................................
      iPrefix = 0;
    }
    i += getVarint(aData+i, &nTerm);
    if( iPrefix+nTerm+1 >= sizeof(zTerm) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "term to long\n");
      exit(1);
    }
    memcpy(zTerm+iPrefix, aData+i, (size_t)nTerm);
    zTerm[iPrefix+nTerm] = 0;
    i += nTerm;
    if( iHeight==0 ){
      i += getVarint(aData+i, &iDocsz);
      printf("term: %-25s doclist %7lld bytes offset %lld\n", zTerm, iDocsz, i);
      i += iDocsz;
    }else{
      printf("term: %-25s child %lld\n", zTerm, ++iChild);
    }
  }
}
  
................................................................................
** is azExtra[2].
**
** If the --raw option is present in azExtra, then a hex dump is provided.
** Otherwise a decoding is shown.
*/
static void showDoclist(sqlite3 *db, const char *zTab){
  const unsigned char *aData;
  sqlite3_int64 offset;
  int nData;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;

  offset = atoi64(azExtra[1]);
  nData = atoi(azExtra[2]);
  pStmt = prepareToGetSegment(db, zTab, azExtra[0]);
  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW ){
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    return;
  }
  aData = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
  printf("Doclist at %s offset %lld of size %d bytes:\n",
         azExtra[0], offset, nData);
  if( findOption("raw", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    printBlob(aData+offset, nData);
  }else{
    decodeDoclist(aData+offset, nData);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);}
  puts "\};"
}

proc print_isdiacritic {zFunc map} {

  set lCode [list]
  foreach m $map {
    foreach {code char} $m {}
................................................................................
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  }]
  puts -nonewline "  const static unsigned int aEntry\[\] = \{"
  set i 0
  foreach range $lRange {
    foreach {iFirst nRange} $range {}
    set u32 [format "0x%08X" [expr ($iFirst<<10) + $nRange]]

    if {($i % 5)==0} {puts "" ; puts -nonewline "   "}
    puts -nonewline " $u32,"
................................................................................
  an_print_range_array $lRange
  an_print_ascii_bitmap $lRange
  puts {
  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/
  }]
  puts ""
  if {$::generate_fts5_code} {
    puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)"
  } else {
    puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)"
    puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)"
  }
  puts ""
  puts "#include <assert.h>"
  puts ""
}

................................................................................
  print_test_main 
}

if {$generate_fts5_code} {
  puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */"
} else {
  puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */"
  puts "#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */"
}

      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);}
  puts "\}"
}

proc print_isdiacritic {zFunc map} {

  set lCode [list]
  foreach m $map {
    foreach {code char} $m {}
................................................................................
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  }]
  puts -nonewline "  static const unsigned int aEntry\[\] = \{"
  set i 0
  foreach range $lRange {
    foreach {iFirst nRange} $range {}
    set u32 [format "0x%08X" [expr ($iFirst<<10) + $nRange]]

    if {($i % 5)==0} {puts "" ; puts -nonewline "   "}
    puts -nonewline " $u32,"
................................................................................
  an_print_range_array $lRange
  an_print_ascii_bitmap $lRange
  puts {
  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/
  }]
  puts ""
  if {$::generate_fts5_code} {
    puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)"
  } else {
    puts "#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE"
    puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)"
  }
  puts ""
  puts "#include <assert.h>"
  puts ""
}

................................................................................
  print_test_main 
}

if {$generate_fts5_code} {
  puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */"
} else {
  puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */"
  puts "#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */"
}

/*
** 2014-11-10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This SQLite extension implements SQL function eval() which runs
** SQL statements recursively.
*/
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#include <string.h>

/*
** Structure used to accumulate the output
*/
struct EvalResult {
  char *z;               /* Accumulated output */
  const char *zSep;      /* Separator */
  int szSep;             /* Size of the separator string */
  sqlite3_int64 nAlloc;  /* Number of bytes allocated for z[] */
  sqlite3_int64 nUsed;   /* Number of bytes of z[] actually used */
};

/*
** Callback from sqlite_exec() for the eval() function.
*/
static int callback(void *pCtx, int argc, char **argv, char **colnames){
  struct EvalResult *p = (struct EvalResult*)pCtx;
  int i; 
  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
    const char *z = argv[i] ? argv[i] : "";
    size_t sz = strlen(z);
    if( (sqlite3_int64)sz+p->nUsed+p->szSep+1 > p->nAlloc ){
      char *zNew;
      p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + sz + p->szSep + 1;
      /* Using sqlite3_realloc64() would be better, but it is a recent
      ** addition and will cause a segfault if loaded by an older version
      ** of SQLite.  */
      zNew = p->nAlloc<=0x7fffffff ? sqlite3_realloc(p->z, (int)p->nAlloc) : 0;
      if( zNew==0 ){
        sqlite3_free(p->z);
        memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
        return 1;
      }
      p->z = zNew;
    }
    if( p->nUsed>0 ){
      memcpy(&p->z[p->nUsed], p->zSep, p->szSep);
      p->nUsed += p->szSep;
    }
    memcpy(&p->z[p->nUsed], z, sz);
    p->nUsed += sz;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Implementation of the eval(X) and eval(X,Y) SQL functions.
**
** Evaluate the SQL text in X.  Return the results, using string
** Y as the separator.  If Y is omitted, use a single space character.
*/
static void sqlEvalFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *zSql;
  sqlite3 *db;
  char *zErr = 0;
  int rc;
  struct EvalResult x;

  memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
  x.zSep = " ";
  zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zSql==0 ) return;
  if( argc>1 ){
    x.zSep = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
    if( x.zSep==0 ) return;
  }
  x.szSep = (int)strlen(x.zSep);
  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, callback, &x, &zErr);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
    sqlite3_free(zErr);
  }else if( x.zSep==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    sqlite3_free(x.z);
  }else{
    sqlite3_result_text(context, x.z, (int)x.nUsed, sqlite3_free);
  }
}


#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_eval_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "eval", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                               sqlEvalFunc, 0, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "eval", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                                 sqlEvalFunc, 0, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;
  int n;
  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){
    n = 0;
    rc = 0;
  }else{
    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, n, out);
  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;

  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){

    rc = 0;
  }else{
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]), out);

  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

/*
** 2014-09-21
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This SQLite extension adds a debug "authorizer" callback to the database
** connection.  The callback merely writes the authorization request to
** standard output and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** This extension can be used (for example) in the command-line shell to
** trace the operation of the authorizer.
*/
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#include <stdio.h>

/*
** Display the authorization request
*/
static int authCallback(
  void *pClientData,
  int op,
  const char *z1,
  const char *z2,
  const char *z3,
  const char *z4
){
  const char *zOp;
  char zOpSpace[50];
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX:        zOp = "CREATE_INDEX";        break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE:        zOp = "CREATE_TABLE";        break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX:   zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_INDEX";   break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE:   zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_TABLE";   break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER: zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW:    zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_VIEW";    break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER:      zOp = "CREATE_TRIGGER";      break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW:         zOp = "CREATE_VIEW";         break;
    case SQLITE_DELETE:              zOp = "DELETE";              break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_INDEX:          zOp = "DROP_INDEX";          break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TABLE:          zOp = "DROP_TABLE";          break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX:     zOp = "DROP_TEMP_INDEX";     break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE:     zOp = "DROP_TEMP_TABLE";     break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER:   zOp = "DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER";   break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW:      zOp = "DROP_TEMP_VIEW";      break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER:        zOp = "DROP_TRIGGER";        break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_VIEW:           zOp = "DROP_VIEW";           break;
    case SQLITE_INSERT:              zOp = "INSERT";              break;
    case SQLITE_PRAGMA:              zOp = "PRAGMA";              break;
    case SQLITE_READ:                zOp = "READ";                break;
    case SQLITE_SELECT:              zOp = "SELECT";              break;
    case SQLITE_TRANSACTION:         zOp = "TRANSACTION";         break;
    case SQLITE_UPDATE:              zOp = "UPDATE";              break;
    case SQLITE_ATTACH:              zOp = "ATTACH";              break;
    case SQLITE_DETACH:              zOp = "DETACH";              break;
    case SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE:         zOp = "ALTER_TABLE";         break;
    case SQLITE_REINDEX:             zOp = "REINDEX";             break;
    case SQLITE_ANALYZE:             zOp = "ANALYZE";             break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE:       zOp = "CREATE_VTABLE";       break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE:         zOp = "DROP_VTABLE";         break;
    case SQLITE_FUNCTION:            zOp = "FUNCTION";            break;
    case SQLITE_SAVEPOINT:           zOp = "SAVEPOINT";           break;
    case SQLITE_COPY:                zOp = "COPY";                break;
    case SQLITE_RECURSIVE:           zOp = "RECURSIVE";           break;


    default: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zOpSpace), zOpSpace, "%d", op);
      zOp = zOpSpace;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( z1==0 ) z1 = "NULL";
  if( z2==0 ) z2 = "NULL";
  if( z3==0 ) z3 = "NULL";
  if( z4==0 ) z4 = "NULL";
  printf("AUTH: %s,%s,%s,%s,%s\n", zOp, z1, z2, z3, z4);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_showauth_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
  rc = sqlite3_set_authorizer(db, authCallback, 0);
  return rc;
}

  sqlite3 *db,
  void *pAux,
  int argc, const char *const*argv,
  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
  char **pzErr
){
  spellfix1_vtab *pNew = 0;
  const char *zModule = argv[0];
  const char *zDbName = argv[1];
  const char *zTableName = argv[2];
  int nDbName;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;

  nDbName = (int)strlen(zDbName);
................................................................................
         "  k2 TEXT\n"
         ");\n",
         zDbName, zTableName
      );
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
         "CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS \"%w\".\"%w_vocab_index_langid_k2\" "
            "ON \"%w_vocab\"(langid,k2);",
         zDbName, zModule, zTableName
      );
    }
    for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
      if( strncmp(argv[i],"edit_cost_table=",16)==0 && pNew->zCostTable==0 ){
        pNew->zCostTable = spellfix1Dequote(&argv[i][16]);
        if( pNew->zCostTable==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        continue;
................................................................................
    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){

      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
             "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
             p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
             iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
      );









      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

  sqlite3 *db,
  void *pAux,
  int argc, const char *const*argv,
  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
  char **pzErr
){
  spellfix1_vtab *pNew = 0;
  /* const char *zModule = argv[0]; // not used */
  const char *zDbName = argv[1];
  const char *zTableName = argv[2];
  int nDbName;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;

  nDbName = (int)strlen(zDbName);
................................................................................
         "  k2 TEXT\n"
         ");\n",
         zDbName, zTableName
      );
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
         "CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS \"%w\".\"%w_vocab_index_langid_k2\" "
            "ON \"%w_vocab\"(langid,k2);",
         zDbName, zTableName, zTableName
      );
    }
    for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
      if( strncmp(argv[i],"edit_cost_table=",16)==0 && pNew->zCostTable==0 ){
        pNew->zCostTable = spellfix1Dequote(&argv[i][16]);
        if( pNew->zCostTable==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        continue;
................................................................................
    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
      if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL ){
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }else{
        newRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(id,rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%lld,%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               newRowid, iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }
      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);


  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;





  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);

  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);

  /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);

  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
  pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;

  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);

#   rtree-4.*: Test INSERT
#   rtree-5.*: Test DELETE
#   rtree-6.*: Test UPDATE
#   rtree-7.*: Test renaming an r-tree table.
#   rtree-8.*: Test constrained scans of r-tree data.
#
#   rtree-12.*: Test that on-conflict clauses are supported.

#

ifcapable !rtree {
  finish_test
  return
}

................................................................................
    do_test $testname.2 [list sql_uses_stmt db $sql] $uses
    do_execsql_test $testname.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY idx } $data

    do_test $testname.4 { rtree_check db t1 } 0
    db close
  }
}





















finish_test

#   rtree-4.*: Test INSERT
#   rtree-5.*: Test DELETE
#   rtree-6.*: Test UPDATE
#   rtree-7.*: Test renaming an r-tree table.
#   rtree-8.*: Test constrained scans of r-tree data.
#
#   rtree-12.*: Test that on-conflict clauses are supported.
#   rtree-13.*: Test that bug [d2889096e7bdeac6d] has been fixed.
#

ifcapable !rtree {
  finish_test
  return
}

................................................................................
    do_test $testname.2 [list sql_uses_stmt db $sql] $uses
    do_execsql_test $testname.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY idx } $data

    do_test $testname.4 { rtree_check db t1 } 0
    db close
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that bug [d2889096e7bdeac6d] has been fixed.
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 13.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t9 USING rtree(id, xmin, xmax);
  INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(1,0,0);            
  INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(2,0,0);
  SELECT * FROM t9 WHERE id IN (1, 2);
} {1 0.0 0.0 2 0.0 0.0}

do_execsql_test 13.2 {
  WITH r(x) AS (
    SELECT 1 UNION ALL
    SELECT 2 UNION ALL
    SELECT 3
  )
  SELECT * FROM r CROSS JOIN t9 WHERE id=x;
} {1 1 0.0 0.0 2 2 0.0 0.0}

finish_test

  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:C0E1} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX (v=?)}
}
do_eqp_test rtree6.2.4.2 {
  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE v=10 and x1<10 and x2>10
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:C0E1} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX (v=?)}
}

do_eqp_test rtree6.2.5 {
  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE k=ii AND x1<v
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)}

  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:C0E1} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX (v=?)}
}
do_eqp_test rtree6.2.4.2 {
  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE v=10 and x1<10 and x2>10
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:C0E1} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX (v=?)}
}

do_eqp_test rtree6.2.5 {
  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE k=ii AND x1<v
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX 2:} 
  0 1 1 {SEARCH TABLE t2 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)}

# 2014-08-21
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file contains tests for the r-tree module.
#
# This file contains test cases for the ticket
# [369d57fb8e5ccdff06f197a37147a88f9de95cda] (2014-08-21)
#
#  The following SQL causes an assertion fault while running
#  sqlite3_prepare() on the DELETE statement:
#
#     CREATE TABLE t1(x);
#     CREATE TABLE t2(y);
#     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
#     CREATE TRIGGER t2del AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
#       DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
#     END;
#     DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=1;
# 

if {![info exists testdir]} {
  set testdir [file join [file dirname [info script]] .. .. test]
} 
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable !rtree { finish_test ; return }

do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  CREATE TABLE t2(y);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
  CREATE TRIGGER t2dwl AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
    DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
  END;

  INSERT INTO t1(x) VALUES(999);
  INSERT INTO t2(y) VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5);
  INSERT INTO t3(a,b,c) VALUES(1,2,3),(2,3,4),(3,4,5),(4,5,6),(5,6,7);

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 3 4 5 | 1 2 3 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.2 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=3;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.3 {
  DELETE FROM t1;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.4 {
  INSERT INTO t1 DEFAULT VALUES;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.5 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=2;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 4 5 | 1 4}

finish_test

/*
** 2014-09-08
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the application interface definitions for the
** user-authentication extension feature.
**
** To compile with the user-authentication feature, append this file to
** end of an SQLite amalgamation header file ("sqlite3.h"), then add
** the SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option.  See the
** user-auth.txt file in the same source directory as this file for
** additional information.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION

/*
** If a database contains the SQLITE_USER table, then the
** sqlite3_user_authenticate() interface must be invoked with an
** appropriate username and password prior to enable read and write
** access to the database.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_ERROR if the username/password
** combination is incorrect or unknown.
**
** If the SQLITE_USER table is not present in the database file, then
** this interface is a harmless no-op returnning SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
** database, this routine converts the database into an authentication-
** required database, automatically makes the added user an
** administrator, and logs in the current connection as that user.
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface only works for the "main" database, not
** for any ATTACH-ed databases.  Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a
** non-admin user results in an error.
*/
int sqlite3_user_add(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
** login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
** login credentials.  Only an admin user can change another users login
** credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
** admin privilege setting.
*/
int sqlite3_user_change(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
  const char *aPW,       /* New password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
** which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
** the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
** database.
*/
int sqlite3_user_delete(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
);

#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

Activate the user authentication logic by including the
ext/userauth/userauth.c source code file in the build and
adding the -DSQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option.
The ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h header file is available to
applications to define the interface.

When using the SQLite amalgamation, it is sufficient to append
the ext/userauth/userauth.c source file onto the end of the
amalgamation.

The following new APIs are available when user authentication is
activated:

   int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username */
     const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
     int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_add(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
     const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
     int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
     int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_change(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
     const void *aPW,       /* Modified password or credentials */
     int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
     int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_delete(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
   );

With this extension, a database can be marked as requiring authentication.
By default a database does not require authentication.

The sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), and sqlite3_open_v2() interfaces
work as before: they open a new database connection.  However, if the
database being opened requires authentication, then attempts to read
or write from the database will fail with an SQLITE_AUTH error until 
after sqlite3_user_authenticate() has been called successfully.  The 
sqlite3_user_authenticate() call will return SQLITE_OK if the 
authentication credentials are accepted and SQLITE_ERROR if not.

Calling sqlite3_user_authenticate() on a no-authentication-required
database connection is a harmless no-op.  

If the database is encrypted, then sqlite3_key_v2() must be called first,
with the correct decryption key, prior to invoking sqlite3_user_authenticate().

To recapitulate: When opening an existing unencrypted authentication-
required database, the call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2()
    sqlite3_user_authenticate();
    /* Database is now usable */

To open an existing, encrypted, authentication-required database, the
call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_key_v2();
    sqlite3_user_authenticate();
    /* Database is now usable */

When opening a no-authentication-required database, the database
connection is treated as if it was authenticated as an admin user.

When ATTACH-ing new database files to a connection, each newly attached
database that is an authentication-required database is checked using
the same username and password as supplied to the main database.  If that
check fails, then the ATTACH command fails with an SQLITE_AUTH error.

The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
database and when A is true, the sqlite3_user_add(D,U,P,N,A) routine
converts the database into an authentication-required database and
logs in the database connection D as user U with password P,N.
To convert a no-authentication-required database into an authentication-
required database, the isAdmin parameter must be true.  If
sqlite3_user_add(D,U,P,N,A) is called on a no-authentication-required
database and A is false, then the call fails with an SQLITE_AUTH error.

Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a non-admin user results in an error.

Hence, to create a new, unencrypted, authentication-required database,
the call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_user_add();

And to create a new, encrypted, authentication-required database, the call
sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_key_v2();
    sqlite3_user_add();

The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
database.

The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
password.  Only an admin user can change another users login
credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
admin privilege setting.

The sqlite3_set_authorizer() callback is modified to take a 7th parameter
which is the username of the currently logged in user, or NULL for a
no-authentication-required database.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Implementation notes:

An authentication-required database is identified by the presence of a
new table:

    CREATE TABLE sqlite_user(
      uname TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
      isAdmin BOOLEAN,
      pw BLOB
    ) WITHOUT ROWID;

The sqlite_user table is inaccessible (unreadable and unwriteable) to
non-admin users and is read-only for admin users.  However, if the same
database file is opened by a version of SQLite that omits
the -DSQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option, then the sqlite_user
table will be readable by anybody and writeable by anybody if
the "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON" statement is run first.

The sqlite_user.pw field is encoded by a built-in SQL function
"sqlite_crypt(X,Y)".  The two arguments are both BLOBs.  The first argument
is the plaintext password supplied to the sqlite3_user_authenticate()
interface.  The second argument is the sqlite_user.pw value and is supplied
so that the function can extract the "salt" used by the password encoder.
The result of sqlite_crypt(X,Y) is another blob which is the value that
ends up being stored in sqlite_user.pw.  To verify credentials X supplied
by the sqlite3_user_authenticate() routine, SQLite runs:

    sqlite_user.pw == sqlite_crypt(X, sqlite_user.pw)

To compute an appropriate sqlite_user.pw value from a new or modified
password X, sqlite_crypt(X,NULL) is run.  A new random salt is selected
when the second argument is NULL.

The built-in version of of sqlite_crypt() uses a simple Ceasar-cypher
which prevents passwords from being revealed by searching the raw database
for ASCII text, but is otherwise trivally broken.  For better password
security, the database should be encrypted using the SQLite Encryption
Extension or similar technology.  Or, the application can use the
sqlite3_create_function() interface to provide an alternative
implementation of sqlite_crypt() that computes a stronger password hash,
perhaps using a cryptographic hash function like SHA1.

/*
** 2014-09-08
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the bulk of the implementation of the
** user-authentication extension feature.  Some parts of the user-
** authentication code are contained within the SQLite core (in the
** src/ subdirectory of the main source code tree) but those parts
** that could reasonable be separated out are moved into this file.
**
** To compile with the user-authentication feature, append this file to
** end of an SQLite amalgamation, then add the SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
** compile-time option.  See the user-auth.txt file in the same source
** directory as this file for additional information.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
# include "sqliteInt.h"
#endif

/*
** Prepare an SQL statement for use by the user authentication logic.
** Return a pointer to the prepared statement on success.  Return a
** NULL pointer if there is an error of any kind.
*/
static sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFormat,
  ...
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  char *zSql;
  int rc;
  va_list ap;
  int savedFlags = db->flags;

  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema;
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  db->flags = savedFlags;
  sqlite3_free(zSql);
  if( rc ){
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    pStmt = 0;
  }
  return pStmt;
}

/*
** Check to see if the sqlite_user table exists in database zDb.
*/
static int userTableExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
    char *zErr = 0;
    sqlite3Init(db, &zErr);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  }
  rc = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_user", zDb)!=0;
  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Check to see if database zDb has a "sqlite_user" table and if it does
** whether that table can authenticate zUser with nPw,zPw.  Write one of
** the UAUTH_* user authorization level codes into *peAuth and return a
** result code.
*/
static int userAuthCheckLogin(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* The database connection to check */
  const char *zDb,           /* Name of specific database to check */
  u8 *peAuth                 /* OUT: One of UAUTH_* constants */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  *peAuth = UAUTH_Unknown;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Admin;  /* No sqlite_user table.  Everybody is admin. */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ){
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Fail;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
            "SELECT pw=sqlite_crypt(?1,pw), isAdmin FROM \"%w\".sqlite_user"
            " WHERE uname=?2", zDb);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, db->auth.zAuthPW, db->auth.nAuthPW,SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 2, db->auth.zAuthUser, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW && sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0) ){
    *peAuth = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1) + UAUTH_User;
  }else{
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Fail;
  }
  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* The database connection to check */
  const char *zDb,           /* Name of specific database to check */
  u8 *peAuth                 /* OUT: One of UAUTH_* constants */
){
  int rc;
  u8 savedAuthLevel;
  assert( zDb!=0 );
  assert( peAuth!=0 );
  savedAuthLevel = db->auth.authLevel;
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Admin;
  rc = userAuthCheckLogin(db, zDb, peAuth);
  db->auth.authLevel = savedAuthLevel;
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the current authLevel is UAUTH_Unknown, the take actions to figure
** out what authLevel should be
*/
void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_Unknown ){
    u8 authLevel = UAUTH_Fail;
    sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, "main", &authLevel);
    db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
    if( authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ) db->flags &= ~SQLITE_WriteSchema;
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite_crypt(X,Y) function.
**
** If Y is NULL then generate a new hash for password X and return that
** hash.  If Y is not null, then generate a hash for password X using the
** same salt as the previous hash Y and return the new hash.
*/
void sqlite3CryptFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *zIn;
  int nIn, ii;
  u8 *zOut;
  char zSalt[8];
  zIn = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB
   && sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1])==nIn+sizeof(zSalt)
  ){
    memcpy(zSalt, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]), sizeof(zSalt));
  }else{
    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(zSalt), zSalt);
  }
  zOut = sqlite3_malloc( nIn+sizeof(zSalt) );
  if( zOut==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    memcpy(zOut, zSalt, sizeof(zSalt));
    for(ii=0; ii<nIn; ii++){
      zOut[ii+sizeof(zSalt)] = zIn[ii]^zSalt[ii&0x7];
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, zOut, nIn+sizeof(zSalt), sqlite3_free);
  }
}

/*
** If a database contains the SQLITE_USER table, then the
** sqlite3_user_authenticate() interface must be invoked with an
** appropriate username and password prior to enable read and write
** access to the database.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_ERROR if the username/password
** combination is incorrect or unknown.
**
** If the SQLITE_USER table is not present in the database file, then
** this interface is a harmless no-op returnning SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username */
  const char *zPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
){
  int rc;
  u8 authLevel = UAUTH_Fail;
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Unknown;
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
  memset(&db->auth, 0, sizeof(db->auth));
  db->auth.zAuthUser = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zUsername);
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  db->auth.zAuthPW = sqlite3_malloc( nPW+1 );
  if( db->auth.zAuthPW==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memcpy(db->auth.zAuthPW,zPW,nPW);
  db->auth.nAuthPW = nPW;
  rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, "main", &authLevel);
  db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;           /* OOM error, I/O error, etc. */
  }
  if( authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    return SQLITE_AUTH;  /* Incorrect username and/or password */
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;      /* Successful login */
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
** database, this routine converts the database into an authentication-
** required database, automatically makes the added user an
** administrator, and logs in the current connection as that user.
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface only works for the "main" database, not
** for any ATTACH-ed databases.  Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a
** non-admin user results in an error.
*/
int sqlite3_user_add(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;
  sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ) return SQLITE_AUTH;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    if( !isAdmin ) return SQLITE_AUTH;
    pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db, 
              "CREATE TABLE sqlite_user(\n"
              "  uname TEXT PRIMARY KEY,\n"
              "  isAdmin BOOLEAN,\n"
              "  pw BLOB\n"
              ") WITHOUT ROWID;");
    if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db, 
            "INSERT INTO sqlite_user(uname,isAdmin,pw)"
            " VALUES(%Q,%d,sqlite_crypt(?1,NULL))",
            zUsername, isAdmin!=0);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, aPW, nPW, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ){
    assert( isAdmin!=0 );
    sqlite3_user_authenticate(db, zUsername, aPW, nPW);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
** login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
** login credentials.  Only an admin user can change another users login
** credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
** admin privilege setting.
*/
int sqlite3_user_change(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
  const char *aPW,       /* Modified password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;
  u8 authLevel;

  authLevel = db->auth.authLevel;
  if( authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    /* Must be logged in to make a change */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( strcmp(db->auth.zAuthUser, zUsername)!=0 ){
    if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ){
      /* Must be an administrator to change a different user */
      return SQLITE_AUTH;
    }
  }else if( isAdmin!=(authLevel==UAUTH_Admin) ){
    /* Cannot change the isAdmin setting for self */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Admin;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    /* This routine is a no-op if the user to be modified does not exist */
  }else{
    pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
              "UPDATE sqlite_user SET isAdmin=%d, pw=sqlite_crypt(?1,NULL)"
              " WHERE uname=%Q", isAdmin, zUsername);
    if( pStmt==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, aPW, nPW, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    }
  }
  db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
** which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
** the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
** database.
*/
int sqlite3_user_delete(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ){
    /* Must be an administrator to delete a user */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( strcmp(db->auth.zAuthUser, zUsername)==0 ){
    /* Cannot delete self */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    /* This routine is a no-op if the user to be deleted does not exist */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
              "DELETE FROM sqlite_user WHERE uname=%Q", zUsername);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}

#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
################################################################################

# This is how we compile
#
TCCX =  $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP) 
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/rtree -I$(TOP)/ext/icu -I$(TOP)/ext/fts3
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/async
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/fts5

# Object files for the SQLite library.
#
LIBOBJ+= vdbe.o parse.o \
         alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o \
         backup.o bitvec.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
................................................................................
         icu.o insert.o journal.o legacy.o loadext.o \
         main.o malloc.o mem0.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem5.o \
         memjournal.o \
         mutex.o mutex_noop.o mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
         notify.o opcodes.o os.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
         pager.o pcache.o pcache1.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o \
         random.o resolve.o rowset.o rtree.o select.o status.o \
         table.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
         update.o util.o vacuum.o \
         vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbemem.o vdbesort.o \
	 vdbetrace.o wal.o walker.o where.o utf.o vtab.o

LIBOBJ += fts5.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_aux.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_buffer.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_config.o
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \

  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
................................................................................
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/sqlite3rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c



SRC += \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.h \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5Int.h \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_config.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_backup.c \

  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_func.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test_wsd.c

# Extensions to be statically loaded.
#
TESTSRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/amatch.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/closure.c \

  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fileio.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/percentile.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/regexp.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/spellfix.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
  $(TOP)/src/pcache.c \
  $(TOP)/src/pcache1.c \
  $(TOP)/src/select.c \

  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
................................................................................
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5Int.h  \
  $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.h 



# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)

libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
................................................................................

fts5.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c

rtree.o:	$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c


# FTS5 things
#
fts5_aux.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c

fts5_buffer.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c
................................................................................
fts5parse.c:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5parse.y lemon 
	cp $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5parse.y .
	rm -f fts5parse.h
	./lemon $(OPTS) fts5parse.y
	mv fts5parse.c fts5parse.c.orig
	cat fts5parse.c.orig | sed 's/yy/fts5yy/g' | sed 's/YY/fts5YY/g' > fts5parse.c






# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
#
tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

................................................................................
test:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/veryquick.test

# The next two rules are used to support the "threadtest" target. Building
# threadtest runs a few thread-safety tests that are implemented in C. This
# target is invoked by the releasetest.tcl script.
# 
threadtest3$(EXE): sqlite3.o $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c $(TOP)/test/tt3_checkpoint.c
	$(TCCX) -O2 sqlite3.o $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c \





		-o threadtest3$(EXE) $(THREADLIB)


threadtest: threadtest3$(EXE)
	./threadtest3$(EXE)

TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)

extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test

showdb$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.c
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o showdb$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.c





















LogEst$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(TCC) -o LogEst$(EXE) $(TOP)/tool/logest.c

wordcount$(EXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o wordcount$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
................................................................................
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc target_source
	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
	rm -f amalgamation-testfixture amalgamation-testfixture.exe
	rm -f fts3-testfixture fts3-testfixture.exe
	rm -f testfixture testfixture.exe
	rm -f threadtest3 threadtest3.exe









	rm -f sqlite3.c sqlite3-*.c fts?amal.c tclsqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3rc.h
	rm -f shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix
	rm -f mptester mptester.exe
	rm -f showdb

# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
################################################################################

# This is how we compile
#
TCCX =  $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP) 
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/rtree -I$(TOP)/ext/icu -I$(TOP)/ext/fts3
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/async -I$(TOP)/ext/userauth
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/fts5

# Object files for the SQLite library.
#
LIBOBJ+= vdbe.o parse.o \
         alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o \
         backup.o bitvec.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
................................................................................
         icu.o insert.o journal.o legacy.o loadext.o \
         main.o malloc.o mem0.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem5.o \
         memjournal.o \
         mutex.o mutex_noop.o mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
         notify.o opcodes.o os.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
         pager.o pcache.o pcache1.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o \
         random.o resolve.o rowset.o rtree.o select.o status.o \
         table.o threads.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
         update.o userauth.o util.o vacuum.o \
         vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbemem.o vdbesort.o \
	 vdbetrace.o wal.o walker.o where.o utf.o vtab.o

LIBOBJ += fts5.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_aux.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_buffer.o
LIBOBJ += fts5_config.o
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
  $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
  $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
  $(TOP)/src/threads.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
................................................................................
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/sqlite3rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h
SRC += \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.h \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5Int.h \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c \
   $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_config.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_backup.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_blob.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_demovfs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_fs.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_func.c \
  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/test_wsd.c

# Extensions to be statically loaded.
#
TESTSRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/amatch.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/closure.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/eval.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fileio.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/fuzzer.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/ieee754.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/nextchar.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/percentile.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/regexp.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/misc/spellfix.c \
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
  $(TOP)/src/pcache.c \
  $(TOP)/src/pcache1.c \
  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
  $(TOP)/src/threads.c \
  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
................................................................................
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/sqliteicu.h
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5Int.h  \
  $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.h 
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h

# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)

libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
................................................................................

fts5.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5.c

rtree.o:	$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c


# FTS5 things
#
fts5_aux.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_aux.c

fts5_buffer.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5_buffer.c
................................................................................
fts5parse.c:	$(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5parse.y lemon 
	cp $(TOP)/ext/fts5/fts5parse.y .
	rm -f fts5parse.h
	./lemon $(OPTS) fts5parse.y
	mv fts5parse.c fts5parse.c.orig
	cat fts5parse.c.orig | sed 's/yy/fts5yy/g' | sed 's/YY/fts5YY/g' > fts5parse.c


userauth.o:	$(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c


# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
#
tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

................................................................................
test:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/veryquick.test

# The next two rules are used to support the "threadtest" target. Building
# threadtest runs a few thread-safety tests that are implemented in C. This
# target is invoked by the releasetest.tcl script.
# 
THREADTEST3_SRC = $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c    \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_checkpoint.c \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_index.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_vacuum.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_stress.c      \
                  $(TOP)/test/tt3_lookaside1.c

threadtest3$(EXE): sqlite3.o $(THREADTEST3_SRC)
	$(TCCX) $(TOP)/test/threadtest3.c sqlite3.o -o $@ $(THREADLIB)

threadtest: threadtest3$(EXE)
	./threadtest3$(EXE)

TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)

extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test

showdb$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o showdb$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/showdb.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

showstat4$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showstat4.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o showstat4$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/showstat4.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

showjournal$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showjournal.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o showjournal$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/showjournal.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

showwal$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/showwal.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o showwal$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/showwal.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

fts3view$(EXE):	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/tool/fts3view.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o fts3view$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/ext/fts3/tool/fts3view.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

rollback-test$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/rollback-test.c sqlite3.o
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o rollback-test$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/tool/rollback-test.c sqlite3.o $(THREADLIB)

LogEst$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/logest.c sqlite3.h
	$(TCC) -o LogEst$(EXE) $(TOP)/tool/logest.c

wordcount$(EXE):	$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
	$(TCC) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -o wordcount$(EXE) \
		$(TOP)/test/wordcount.c sqlite3.c
................................................................................
	rm -rf quota2a quota2b quota2c
	rm -rf tsrc target_source
	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
	rm -f amalgamation-testfixture amalgamation-testfixture.exe
	rm -f fts3-testfixture fts3-testfixture.exe
	rm -f testfixture testfixture.exe
	rm -f threadtest3 threadtest3.exe
	rm -f LogEst LogEst.exe
	rm -f fts3view fts3view.exe
	rm -f rollback-test rollback-test.exe
	rm -f showdb showdb.exe
	rm -f showjournal showjournal.exe
	rm -f showstat4 showstat4.exe
	rm -f showwal showwal.exe
	rm -f speedtest1 speedtest1.exe
	rm -f wordcount wordcount.exe
	rm -f sqlite3.c sqlite3-*.c fts?amal.c tclsqlite3.c
	rm -f sqlite3rc.h
	rm -f shell.c sqlite3ext.h
	rm -f sqlite3_analyzer sqlite3_analyzer.exe sqlite3_analyzer.c
	rm -f sqlite-*-output.vsix
	rm -f mptester mptester.exe

    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  sqlite3_close(g.db);  
  maybeClose(g.pLog);
  maybeClose(g.pErrLog);
  if( iClient==0 ){
    printf("Summary: %d errors in %d tests\n", g.nError, g.nTest);
  }
  return g.nError>0;
}

    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  sqlite3_close(g.db);  
  maybeClose(g.pLog);
  maybeClose(g.pErrLog);
  if( iClient==0 ){
    printf("Summary: %d errors out of %d tests\n", g.nError, g.nTest);
  }
  return g.nError>0;
}

.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
.TH SQLITE3 1 "Mon Jan 31 11:14:00 2014"
.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
.\"
.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
.\" .ad l      left justify
.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
................................................................................

For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:
.sp
$ 
.B sqlite3 mydata.db
.br
SQLite version 3.8.3
.br
Enter ".help" for instructions
.br
sqlite>
.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);
.br
sqlite>
................................................................................

A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
the '.help' command.  For example:
.sp
sqlite>
.B .help
.nf
.cc |
.backup ?DB? FILE      Backup DB (default "main") to FILE
.bail ON|OFF           Stop after hitting an error.  Default OFF

.databases             List names and files of attached databases
.dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
                         If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
.echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off

.exit                  Exit this program
.explain ?ON|OFF?      Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
                         With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.

.header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off
.help                  Show this message
.import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
.indices ?TABLE?       Show names of all indices
                         If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables
                         matching LIKE pattern TABLE.
.load FILE ?ENTRY?     Load an extension library
.log FILE|off          Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout
.mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
                         csv      Comma-separated values
                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
                         html     HTML <table> code
                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
                         line     One value per line
                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
                         tabs     Tab-separated values
                         tcl      TCL list elements
.nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values

.open ?FILENAME?       Close existing database and reopen FILENAME
.output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME
.output stdout         Send output to the screen
.print STRING...       Print literal STRING
.prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
.quit                  Exit this program
.read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
.restore ?DB? FILE     Restore content of DB (default "main") from FILE

.schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
                         If TABLE specified, only show tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
.separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import


.show                  Show the current values for various settings
.stats ON|OFF          Turn stats on or off

.tables ?TABLE?        List names of tables
                         If TABLE specified, only list tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
.timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds

.trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run
.vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack
.width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for "column" mode
.timer ON|OFF          Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off

sqlite>
|cc .
.sp
.fi
.SH OPTIONS
.B sqlite3
has the following options:
.TP
.B \-bail
................................................................................
read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.

o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.

o All other command line options are processed.

.SH SEE ALSO
http://www.sqlite.org/
.br
The sqlite3-doc package.
.SH AUTHOR
This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner <bbum@mac.com> and
further updated by Laszlo Boszormenyi <gcs@debian.hu> .

.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
.TH SQLITE3 1 "Fri Oct 31 10:41:31 EDT 2014"
.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
.\"
.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
.\" .ad l      left justify
.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
................................................................................

For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:
.sp
$ 
.B sqlite3 mydata.db
.br
SQLite version 3.8.8
.br
Enter ".help" for instructions
.br
sqlite>
.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);
.br
sqlite>
................................................................................

A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
the '.help' command.  For example:
.sp
sqlite>
.B .help
.nf
.tr %.
%backup ?DB? FILE      Backup DB (default "main") to FILE
%bail on|off           Stop after hitting an error.  Default OFF
%clone NEWDB           Clone data into NEWDB from the existing database
%databases             List names and files of attached databases
%dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
                         If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
%echo on|off           Turn command echo on or off
%eqp on|off            Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
%exit                  Exit this program
%explain ?on|off?      Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
                         With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.
%fullschema            Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables
%headers on|off        Turn display of headers on or off
%help                  Show this message
%import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
%indices ?TABLE?       Show names of all indices
                         If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables
                         matching LIKE pattern TABLE.
%load FILE ?ENTRY?     Load an extension library
%log FILE|off          Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout
%mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
                         csv      Comma-separated values
                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
                         html     HTML <table> code
                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
                         line     One value per line
                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
                         tabs     Tab-separated values
                         tcl      TCL list elements
%nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values
%once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME
%open ?FILENAME?       Close existing database and reopen FILENAME
%output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout

%print STRING...       Print literal STRING
%prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
%quit                  Exit this program
%read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
%restore ?DB? FILE     Restore content of DB (default "main") from FILE
%save FILE             Write in-memory database into FILE
%schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
                         If TABLE specified, only show tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
%separator STRING ?NL? Change separator used by output mode and .import
                         NL is the end-of-line mark for CSV
%shell CMD ARGS...     Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
%show                  Show the current values for various settings
%stats on|off          Turn stats on or off
%system CMD ARGS...    Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
%tables ?TABLE?        List names of tables
                         If TABLE specified, only list tables matching
                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
%timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
%timer on|off          Turn SQL timer on or off
%trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run
%vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack
%width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for "column" mode

                         Negative values right-justify
sqlite>

.sp
.fi
.SH OPTIONS
.B sqlite3
has the following options:
.TP
.B \-bail
................................................................................
read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.

o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.

o All other command line options are processed.

.SH SEE ALSO
http://www.sqlite.org/cli.html
.br
The sqlite3-doc package.
.SH AUTHOR
This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner <bbum@mac.com> and
further updated by Laszlo Boszormenyi <gcs@debian.hu> .

  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {

      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */

  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {

      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */

** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
**
** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required
** for the query planner to make good choices.
**
** Format of sqlite_stat1:
**
** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
................................................................................
  }

  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);

  }
}

/*
** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
................................................................................
  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
#endif
};                                                    
struct Stat4Accum {
  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + rowid */

  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,C) SQL function. The two parameters



** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of columns





** in the index (N).  The second argument (C) is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**





** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 


*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  Stat4Accum *p;
  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */

  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
#endif

  /* Decode the three function arguments */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
  assert( nCol>1 );               /* >1 because it includes the rowid column */
  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;




  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
  n = sizeof(*p) 
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
................................................................................
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    return;
  }

  p->db = db;
  p->nRow = 0;
  p->nCol = nCol;

  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  {
    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */

    p->iGet = -1;
    p->mxSample = mxSample;
    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
    p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])*0xd0944565;
  
    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
................................................................................
  
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */



  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor);
}
static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
  0,               /* pUserData */
  0,               /* pNext */
  statInit,        /* xFunc */
  0,               /* xStep */
  0,               /* xFinalize */
  "stat_init",     /* zName */
................................................................................
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** The SQL function always returns NULL.



**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................

  /* The three function arguments */
  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
  assert( p->nCol>1 );        /* Includes rowid field */
  assert( iChng<p->nCol );

  if( p->nRow==0 ){
    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
  }else{
    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
................................................................................
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query the results.  Content is returned for parameter J



** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
................................................................................
    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
    **
    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
    */
    char *z;
    int i;

    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
    if( zRet==0 ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
      return;
    }

    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
    }
    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
................................................................................
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */
    int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
    int addrGotoChng0;            /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */
    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */


    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName));
    nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
    aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1));
    if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
      zIdxName = pTab->zName;

    }else{

      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;

    }


    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);


    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
    **
    **   Rewind csr
    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
    **   regChng = 0
................................................................................
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid,


    **    (2) the number of rows in the index,
    **

    ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+2);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol+1, regStat4+1);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1+IsStat34);

    /* Implementation of the following:
    **
    **   Rewind csr
    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
    addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);







    /*
    **  next_row:
    **   regChng = 0
    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
    **   regChng = 1
    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
    **   ...
    **   regChng = N
    **   goto chng_addr_N
    */

    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);







    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
      aGotoChng[i] = 
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng);
    aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);



    /*
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
    }




    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[nCol]);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);

    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);

    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    {
................................................................................
      int regSample = regStat1+3;
      int regCol = regStat1+4;
      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
      int addrNext;
      int addrIsNull;
      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;

      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol+1);

      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, 
                                      pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
#else
      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol+1, regSample);
#endif
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
  }
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  char *z, *zDb;
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  Token *pTableName;


  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }
................................................................................
        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
        }
        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      }
    }   
  }


}

/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
................................................................................
  int c;
  int i;
  tRowcnt v;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  if( z==0 ) z = "";
#else
  if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = "";
#endif
  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
    v = 0;
    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
      v = v*10 + c - '0';
      z++;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    if( aOut ){
      aOut[i] = v;
    }else
#else
    assert( aOut==0 );
    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
#endif
    {
      aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
    }

    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  assert( pIndex!=0 );
#else
  if( pIndex )
#endif
  {

    if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){


      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
      int v32 = 0;
      sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32);
      pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32);










    }
  }
}

/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.  
................................................................................
    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
  }else{
    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
  }
  z = argv[2];

  if( pIndex ){










    decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
  }else{
    Index fakeIdx;
    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;



    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
  }

  return 0;
}

................................................................................
** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
*/
static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
  if( pIdx ){
    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
    int iCol;









    for(iCol=0; iCol<pIdx->nKeyCol; iCol++){

      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */
      tRowcnt nSum = 0;         /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;






      tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol];







      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set
      ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same
      ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate 
      ** prefixes).  */

      for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){
        if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){

          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
          nSum++;
        }
      }
      if( nDLt>nSum ){
        avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum);



      }
      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
      if( pIdx->nSampleCol==1 ) break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
................................................................................
  }
  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
    int nAvgCol = 1;              /* Number of entries in Index.aAvgEq */

    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
    tRowcnt *pSpace;
................................................................................
    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
    if( bStat3==0 ){


      nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol+1;

      nAvgCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;

    }
    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
    nByte += nAvgCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */

    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nAvgCol;
    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
    }
    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
  }
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  }


  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;





  }
#endif

  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  return rc;
}


#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
**
** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required
** for the query planner to make good choices.
**
** Format of sqlite_stat1:
**
** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
................................................................................
  }

  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
    VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName));
  }
}

/*
** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
................................................................................
  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
#endif
};                                                    
struct Stat4Accum {
  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */
  int nKeyCol;              /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */
  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
** are:
**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
**     C:    The number of rows in the index (note 2)
**
** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
** total number of columns in the table.
**
** Note 2:  C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.  The datatype of the

** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
** object.
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  Stat4Accum *p;
  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
  int nKeyCol;                    /* Number of key columns */
  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
#endif

  /* Decode the three function arguments */
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
  assert( nCol>0 );
  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
  nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
  assert( nKeyCol<=nCol );
  assert( nKeyCol>0 );

  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
  n = sizeof(*p) 
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
................................................................................
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    return;
  }

  p->db = db;
  p->nRow = 0;
  p->nCol = nCol;
  p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol;
  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  {
    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */

    p->iGet = -1;
    p->mxSample = mxSample;
    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
    p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[2])*0xd0944565;
  
    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
................................................................................
  
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller.  Note that
  ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters.  The size of the object
  ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
  ** value. */
  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor);
}
static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
  0,               /* pUserData */
  0,               /* pNext */
  statInit,        /* xFunc */
  0,               /* xStep */
  0,               /* xFinalize */
  "stat_init",     /* zName */
................................................................................
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** This SQL function always returns NULL.  It's purpose it to accumulate
** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
** index being analyzed.  The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................

  /* The three function arguments */
  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
  assert( p->nCol>0 );
  assert( iChng<p->nCol );

  if( p->nRow==0 ){
    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
  }else{
    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
................................................................................
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
................................................................................
    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
    **
    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
    */
    char *z;
    int i;

    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 );
    if( zRet==0 ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
      return;
    }

    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
    for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){
      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
    }
    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
................................................................................
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */

    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */

    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
    int nColTest;                 /* Number of columns to test for changes */

    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;





      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
      nColTest = nCol - 1;
    }else{
      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
      nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
    }

    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));

    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
    **
    **   Rewind csr
    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
    **   regChng = 0
................................................................................
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  endDistinctTest:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
    **        (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
    **    (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
    **    (3) the number of rows in the index,
    **
    **
    ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);

    /* Implementation of the following:
    **
    **   Rewind csr
    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

    if( nColTest>0 ){
      int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
      aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
      if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

      /*
      **  next_row:
      **   regChng = 0
      **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
      **   regChng = 1
      **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
      **   ...
      **   regChng = N
      **   goto endDistinctTest
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
      addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
        /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
        ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip 
        ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
        aGotoChng[i] = 
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endDistinctTest);
  
  
      /*
      **  chng_addr_0:
      **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
      **  chng_addr_1:
      **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
      **  ...
      */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
    }
  
    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);

    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);

    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    {
................................................................................
      int regSample = regStat1+3;
      int regCol = regStat1+4;
      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
      int addrNext;
      int addrIsNull;
      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;

      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol);

      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, 
                                      pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
#else
      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample);
#endif
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);

  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
  }
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  char *z, *zDb;
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  Token *pTableName;
  Vdbe *v;

  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }
................................................................................
        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
        }
        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      }
    }   
  }
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire);
}

/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
................................................................................
  int c;
  int i;
  tRowcnt v;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  if( z==0 ) z = "";
#else
  assert( z!=0 );
#endif
  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
    v = 0;
    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
      v = v*10 + c - '0';
      z++;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v;
    if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);

#else
    assert( aOut==0 );
    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
    assert( aLog!=0 );

    aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);

#endif
    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  assert( pIndex!=0 ); {
#else
  if( pIndex ){
#endif

    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
    pIndex->noSkipScan = 0;
    while( z[0] ){
      if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){
        pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){


        pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3));
      }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){
        pIndex->noSkipScan = 1;
      }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
      else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){
        pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9));
      }
#endif
      while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++;
      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
    }
  }
}

/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.  
................................................................................
    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
  }else{
    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
  }
  z = argv[2];

  if( pIndex ){
    int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(
        sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol
    );
    if( aiRowEst==0 ) pInfo->db->mallocFailed = 1;
#else
    tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = 0;
#endif
    pIndex->bUnordered = 0;
    decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
  }else{
    Index fakeIdx;
    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
    fakeIdx.pTable = pTable;
#endif
    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
  }

  return 0;
}

................................................................................
** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
*/
static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
  if( pIdx ){
    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
    int iCol;
    int nCol = 1;
    if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){
      /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all
      ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as
      ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are
      ** unique.  */
      nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1;
      pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1;
    }
    for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
      int nSample = pIdx->nSample;
      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */

      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
      tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in index */
      i64 nSum100 = 0;          /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
      i64 nDist100;             /* Number of distinct values in index */

      if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){
        nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol];
        nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
        nSample--;
      }else{
        nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0];
        nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1];
      }
      pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow;

      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of 
      ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value 
      ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes).  */

      for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
        if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
         || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] 
        ){
          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
          nSum100 += 100;
        }
      }



      if( nDist100>nSum100 ){
        avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100);
      }
      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;

    }
  }
}

/*
** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
................................................................................
  }
  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */


    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
    tRowcnt *pSpace;
................................................................................
    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
    if( bStat3==0 ){
      assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 );
      if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
        nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
      }else{
        nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      }
    }
    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
    nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */

    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
    }
    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
  }
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  }


  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){
    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
  }
  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
    sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst);
    pIdx->aiRowEst = 0;
  }
#endif

  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  return rc;
}


#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }

    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
#endif

  }
  aNew->safety_level = 3;
  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

................................................................................
  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  }









  if( rc ){
    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;

    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(aNew->pBt);
    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
#endif
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(aNew->pBt);
  }
  aNew->safety_level = 3;
  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

................................................................................
  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u8 newAuth = 0;
    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){
    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;

** setting of the auth function is NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pArg
){



  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->xAuth = xAuth;
  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */

  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);




  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
................................................................................
  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);




  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
  }

** setting of the auth function is NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth;
  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */

  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
                );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
................................................................................
  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
                );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
  }

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
** of the source.
*/
static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
  int rc;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
  return rc;
}















/*
** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
**
** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
................................................................................
sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
){
  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */








  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
    p->iNext = 1;
    p->isAttached = 0;


    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){


      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM

      ** error was hit.  The error has already been written into the
      ** pDestDb handle.  All that is left to do here is free the
      ** sqlite3_backup structure.
      */
      sqlite3_free(p);
      p = 0;
    }
  }
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
  }
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
  int rc;
  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */




  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
  }

  rc = p->rc;
................................................................................
    while( *pp!=p ){
      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
    }
    *pp = p->pNext;
  }

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){






  return p->nRemaining;
}

/*
** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){






  return p->nPagecount;
}

/*
** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
** of the source.
*/
static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
  int rc;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the
** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there
** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error 
** message in database handle db.
*/
static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){
  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use");
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
**
** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
................................................................................
sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
){
  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pSrcDb)||!sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDestDb) ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif

  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
    p->iNext = 1;
    p->isAttached = 0;

    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest 
     || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM 
     || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK 
     ){
      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
      ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination
      ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb 
      ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup 
      ** structure.  */

      sqlite3_free(p);
      p = 0;
    }
  }
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
  }
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
  int rc;
  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
  }

  rc = p->rc;
................................................................................
    while( *pp!=p ){
      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
    }
    *pp = p->pNext;
  }

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( p==0 ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  return p->nRemaining;
}

/*
** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( p==0 ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  return p->nPagecount;
}

/*
** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}




/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;












  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}

/* Forward reference */
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);

/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){


  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;
  btreeLockCarefully(p);
}

/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
** in the common case.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go through the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
#include "btreeInt.h"

/*
** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
................................................................................
  }

  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
  */
  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
    return 1;
  }

  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
................................................................................
  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
){
  BtCursor *p;
  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){

    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){

      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    }
  }
}

#else
  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
................................................................................
  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
  ** data.
  */
  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
    if( pKey ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pCur->pKey = pKey;
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(pKey);
      }
................................................................................
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}




/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on



** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).




*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
















    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it

** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
** at is deleted out from under them.


**
** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows:

**
**    0:   The cursor is unchanged
**    1:   The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers
**         returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch()
**         might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the
**         b-tree.
**    2:   The cursor is no longer pointing to the row.  The row might have





**         been deleted out from under the cursor.
*/






int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){


  int rc;


  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    *pHasMoved = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;

    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;
  }else{
    *pHasMoved = 1;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
}

/*
** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
**
** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
*/
static void btreeParseCellPtr(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  u16 n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );

  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    if( pPage->hasData ){
      assert( n==0 );
      n = getVarint32(pCell, nPayload);
    }else{
      nPayload = 0;
    }
    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
  }else{
    pInfo->nData = 0;
    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
  }
  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
  pInfo->nHeader = n;
  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
    */

    if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
  }else{
    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
................................................................................
    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
    }else{
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
    }
    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
  }
}
#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
  btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
static void btreeParseCell(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
}

/*
** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/
static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
  u32 nSize;


#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
  CellInfo debuginfo;
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
#endif

  if( pPage->intKey ){
    u8 *pEnd;
    if( pPage->hasData ){
      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
    }else{
      nSize = 0;
    }










    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
    ** past the end of the key value. */
    pEnd = &pIter[9];
    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
  }else{
    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
  }

  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){



    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
      nSize = minLocal;
    }
    nSize += 4;
  }
  nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);

  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
  if( nSize<4 ){
    nSize = 4;
  }

  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
  return (u16)nSize;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
** only. */
static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
................................................................................
** for the overflow page.
*/
static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
  CellInfo info;
  if( *pRC ) return;
  assert( pCell!=0 );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
  if( info.iOverflow ){
    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
  }
}
#endif


/*
** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
** pointer array and the cell content area.





*/
static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */

  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */


  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
  nCell = pPage->nCell;
  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
  cbrk = usableSize;
  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
................................................................................
    ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 
    */
    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#endif
    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
    cbrk -= size;
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
    if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#else
    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#endif
    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);









  }
  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
  data[hdr+1] = 0;
  data[hdr+2] = 0;
  data[hdr+7] = 0;
  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
































































/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
**
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */

  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );

  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;






  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;





  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );


  if( nFrag>=60 ){
    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
    ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it.
    */
    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        testcase( x==4 );
        testcase( x==3 );

        if( x<4 ){
          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }

        *pIdx = pc + x;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.


  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){


    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
**
** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
** free blocks into a single big free block.





*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
  int addr, pbegin, hdr;





  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */

  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */

  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
    ** option is enabled */
    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
  }

  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
  ** the freelist.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  addr = hdr + 1;
  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
  assert( start<=iLast );
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    addr = pbegin;
  }
  if( pbegin>iLast ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;

  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
  addr = hdr + 1;
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
    int pnext, psize, x;
    assert( pbegin>addr );
    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
    }else{
      addr = pbegin;
    }
  }

  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
    int top;
    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
  }
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
................................................................................
  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){






    pPage->intKey = 1;
    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;

    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){






    pPage->intKey = 0;
    pPage->hasData = 0;


    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
  }else{


    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */

    pBt = pPage->pBt;

    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
    data = pPage->aData;


    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];



    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);


    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );






    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
    **
    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
    ** returned if it does.
................................................................................
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }
      }
      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
    }  
#endif

    /* Compute the total free space on the page */



    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
    while( pc>0 ){
      u16 next, size;
      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){



        /* Start of free block is off the page */

        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
................................................................................
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**
................................................................................
  
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
#endif



    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
      pBt->pageSize = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
................................................................................
      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
      }
#endif
      nReserve = 0;
    }else{



      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
    }
................................................................................
#else
  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.

*/
static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );

    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
................................................................................
    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.  */






    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ) memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 4);


  }
}

/*
** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
*/
static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);


  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;

}

/*
** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
  ** this handle.
  */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);

  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
  ** up the shared-btree.
  */
  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
................................................................................
    nPage = nPageFile;
  }
  if( nPage>0 ){
    u32 pageSize;
    u32 usableSize;
    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;



    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    if( page1[18]>1 ){
      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
................................................................................
        releasePage(pPage1);
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
    }
#endif

    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.

    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
    */
    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }



    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);


    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
     || pageSize<=256 
    ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );







    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
      ** again with the correct page-size.
................................................................................
                                   pageSize-usableSize);
      return rc;
    }
    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }



    if( usableSize<480 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
................................................................................
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
**
** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
** false then all cursors are counted.
**
** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
** is capable of reading or writing to the databse.  Cursors that
** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
  BtCursor *pCur;
  int r = 0;
  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
................................................................................
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){

    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
  }
}

/*
** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
** the database.
................................................................................

/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit 
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
................................................................................
    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
      return rc;
    }

    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
  }

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
** references.

**
** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
** the cache with pBtree.
**
** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
** invalidated.









*/
void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
  BtCursor *p;



  if( pBtree==0 ) return;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    int i;









    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
    p->skipNext = errCode;

    for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
      releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
      p->apPage[i] = 0;
    }
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}



/*
** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be



** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
** in an error.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1;



  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);

  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( tripCode ){
    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode);


  }
  btreeIntegrity(p);

  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc2;

    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
................................................................................

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
................................................................................
  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );

  if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }




  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
    assert( wrFlag==0 );
    iTable = 0;
  }

  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
................................................................................
    if( pCur->pNext ){
      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
    }
    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
    }
    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow);
    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
**
** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
................................................................................
**
** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
** 
** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
*/
int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
    *pSize = 0;
  }else{
    getCellInfo(pCur);
    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
** cursor currently points to.
**
................................................................................
** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );

  getCellInfo(pCur);
  *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
................................................................................
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
................................................................................
  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
  unsigned char *aPayload;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u32 nKey;
  int iIdx = 0;
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ

  int bEnd;                                   /* True if reading to end of data */
#endif

  assert( pPage );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );      /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */

  getCellInfo(pCur);
  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
  bEnd = (offset+amt==nKey+pCur->info.nData);

#endif


  if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 
   || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
  ){
    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
    int a = amt;
................................................................................
    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
    offset = 0;
    pBuf += a;
    amt -= a;
  }else{
    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
  }


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
    Pgno nextPage;

    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);

................................................................................
    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc(
            pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
        );
        if( aNew==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        }else{
          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
        }
................................................................................
      }
    }

    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
    ** directly to it.
    */
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){


      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
    }

    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){

................................................................................
        ** function.
        **
        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
        */
        assert( eOp!=2 );
        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );

        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
        }else{
          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
        }
        offset -= ovflSize;
      }else{
................................................................................
        **
        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
        **   6) all data from the page is being read.

        **
        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
        */
        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */

        ){
          u8 aSave[4];
          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];

          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
        }else
#endif

................................................................................
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
** in the table.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
................................................................................
  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
  *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;
  return (void*)(pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader);
}


/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
................................................................................
static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
  Pgno pgno;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  MemPage *pPage = 0;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);

  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey;
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
................................................................................
      *pRes = -1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  if( pIdxKey ){
    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
    pIdxKey->isCorrupt = 0;
    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
    );
  }else{
    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
  }
................................................................................
    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
      for(;;){
        i64 nCellKey;
        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
        if( pPage->hasData ){
          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          }
        }
        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
          lwr = idx+1;
................................................................................
        */
        nCell = pCell[0];
        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
          ** b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0);
        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
        ){
          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0);
        }else{
          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
          void *pCellKey;
          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
................................................................................
          }
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
        }
        assert( pIdxKey->isCorrupt==0 || c==0 );



        if( c<0 ){
          lwr = idx+1;
        }else if( c>0 ){
          upr = idx-1;
        }else{
          assert( c==0 );
          *pRes = 0;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          if( pIdxKey->isCorrupt ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
          goto moveto_finish;
        }
        if( lwr>upr ) break;
        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
      }
    }
................................................................................
}

/*
** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.






**
** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
** implementation does use this hint, however.)
*/
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );

  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);

    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      *pRes = 0;
      return rc;
    }
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      *pRes = 1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( pCur->skipNext ){
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
        pCur->skipNext = 0;
        *pRes = 0;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      pCur->skipNext = 0;
    }
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
................................................................................
  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );

  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
      if( rc ){
        *pRes = 0;
        return rc;
      }
      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
      *pRes = 0;
      return rc;
    }
    do{
      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
        *pRes = 1;
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      moveToParent(pCur);
      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
    *pRes = 0;
    if( pPage->intKey ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }


    return rc;


  }









  *pRes = 0;






  if( pPage->leaf ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
  return rc;
}


/*
** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.






**
** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
** implementation does use this hint, however.)
*/
int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl);

  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
    if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) ){
      rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        *pRes = 0;
        return rc;
      }
    }
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      *pRes = 1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( pCur->skipNext ){
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
        pCur->skipNext = 0;
        *pRes = 0;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      pCur->skipNext = 0;
    }
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
    if( rc ){
      *pRes = 0;
      return rc;
    }
    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
  }else{
    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        *pRes = 1;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      moveToParent(pCur);
    }
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);

    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }







  *pRes = 0;









  return rc;
}

/*
** Allocate a new page from the database file.
**
** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
................................................................................
  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);


  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
  if( n>=mxPage ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  if( n>0 ){
    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
................................................................................
    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
    */
    do {
      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
      if( pPrevTrunk ){



        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
      }else{



        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
      }
      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }else{
        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
................................................................................
      }
      if( rc ){
        pTrunk = 0;
        goto end_allocate_page;
      }
      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );

      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */

      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
        ** allocated page */
        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
        if( rc ){
................................................................................
                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
          if( closest<k-1 ){
            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
          }
          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
              releasePage(*ppPage);
            }
          }
................................................................................
    **
    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
    ** database image and the end of the database file.
    */
    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;

    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    pBt->nPage++;
    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".





      */
      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
................................................................................
static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
  }
}

/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.


*/
static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){




  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  CellInfo info;
  Pgno ovflPgno;
  int rc;
  int nOvfl;
  u32 ovflPageSize;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);

  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
  }
  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
  }
  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
................................................................................
  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
  unsigned char *pPrior;
  unsigned char *pPayload;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
  int nHeader;
  CellInfo info;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );

  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );

  /* Fill in the header. */
  nHeader = 0;
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    nHeader += 4;
  }
  if( pPage->hasData ){
    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
  }else{
    nData = nZero = 0;


  }
  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
  assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
  
  /* Fill in the payload */
  nPayload = nData + nZero;
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    pSrc = pData;
    nSrc = nData;
    nData = 0;
  }else{ 
    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    nPayload += (int)nKey;
    pSrc = pKey;
    nSrc = (int)nKey;
  }





  *pnSize = info.nSize;








  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;



  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];





















  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];




  while( nPayload>0 ){
    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        do{
          pgnoOvfl++;
................................................................................
  }
  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
  if( rc ){
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  pPage->nCell--;







  memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
  pPage->nFree += 2;

}

/*
** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
** content of the cell.
**
** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
**
** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
*/
static void insertCell(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
................................................................................
){
  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
  int j;            /* Loop counter */
  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);

  if( *pRC ) return;

  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );

  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
    if( pTemp ){
      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
      pCell = pTemp;
    }
    if( iChild ){
      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
    }
    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
................................................................................
    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
    ** if it returns success */
    assert( idx >= end+2 );
    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
    pPage->nCell++;
    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
    if( iChild ){
      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
    }
    memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins);
    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
    }
#endif
  }
}

/*
** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.









*/
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */


  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */

){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */



























  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
            && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );

  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
  assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );





  pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
  cellbody = nUsable;
  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
    u16 sz = aSize[i];



















































    pCellptr -= 2;






































    cellbody -= sz;








































    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);



  }
  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
























































  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;




















}

/*
** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
................................................................................
  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );

  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
  if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;

  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
  */
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);

................................................................................
    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
    u8 *pStop;

    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);


    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
................................................................................
  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */

  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */






  pBt = pParent->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );

#if 0
  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
#endif
................................................................................
  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
  ** alignment */
  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;

  /*
  ** Allocate space for memory structures
  */
  k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
  szScratch =
       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
     + k*nOld;                                     /* Page copies (apCopy) */




  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
  if( apCell==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );

  /*
  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells
  ** from pParent.
  **
  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
  ** are alike.
  **
  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
  */
  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
  leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    int limit;
    
    /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
    ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
    ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
    ** process of being overwritten.  */
    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
    memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
    pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
    memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);

    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
        apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
................................................................................
      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
        apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
        nCell++;
      }
    }       

    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
      u8 *pTemp;
      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
      szCell[nCell] = sz;
      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
      iSpace1 += sz;
................................................................................
        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
        ** pointer of the divider cell */
        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
      }else{
        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */




          szCell[nCell] = 4;
        }
      }
      nCell++;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  ** 
  */
  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    assert( i<nMaxCells );
    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
      cntNew[k] = i;
      if( leafData ){ i--; }
      subtotal = 0;
      k++;
      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
    }
  }
  szNew[k] = subtotal;
  cntNew[k] = nCell;
  k++;

  /*
  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts

  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
  **
  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
  */
  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
................................................................................
      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
      d = r + 1 - leafData;
    }
    szNew[i] = szRight;
    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
  }



  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
  **
  ** UPDATE:  The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database
  ** file is corrupt.  The corruption will be detected and reported later
  ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now.
  */
#if 0
  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
#endif

  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  ",
    apOld[0]->pgno, 
    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
  ));

  /*
  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
  */
  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
      nNew++;
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    }else{
      assert( i>0 );
      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;

      apNew[i] = pNew;
      nNew++;


      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto balance_cleanup;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
  */
  while( i<nOld ){
    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    releasePage(apOld[i]);
    apOld[i] = 0;
    i++;
  }

  /*
  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to

  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
  ** from the disk more rapidly.
  **
  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
  ** not be a problem.
  **
  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
  */
  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){

    int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
    int minI = i;
    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
      if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){














        minI = j;
        minV = apNew[j]->pgno;


      }





    }
    if( minI>i ){
      MemPage *pT;

      pT = apNew[i];
      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
      apNew[minI] = pT;
    }
  }
  TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",



    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,

    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,

    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,

    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));



  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);













  /*
  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.










  */
  j = 0;
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */

    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
    assert( j<nMaxCells );
    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );

    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );











    j = cntNew[i];



    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
    */
    assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
    if( j<nCell ){
























      u8 *pCell;
      u8 *pTemp;
      int sz;



      assert( j<nMaxCells );
      pCell = apCell[j];
      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
      pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
      if( !pNew->leaf ){
        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
      }else if( leafData ){
        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
        */
        CellInfo info;
        j--;
        btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
        pCell = pTemp;
        sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
        pTemp = 0;
      }else{
        pCell -= 4;
        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
        ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
        **
        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
        */
        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
          assert(leafCorrection==4);
          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
        }
      }
      iOvflSpace += sz;
      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
      assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
      assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );

      j++;
      nxDiv++;
    }
































  }
  assert( j==nCell );




























  assert( nOld>0 );
  assert( nNew>0 );
  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
  }

  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
    **
    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
    **
    ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
    ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
    ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
    ** image.  */

    assert( nNew==1 );


    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 

    );
    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
    /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 
    ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
    ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
    ** many have not. The following is a summary:
    **
    **   1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
    **      siblings when this function was called. These have already
    **      been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
    **      moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
    **      of those.
    **
    **   2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
    **      page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 
    **      have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
    **
    **   3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
    **      cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
    **
    **   4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
    **      overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
    **      (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
    **
    **   5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
    **      entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
    **      to be updated.
    **
    ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
    ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
    ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
    ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
    ** actually moved between pages.  */
    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
    int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
    int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
    int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1);
    j = 0;                             /* Current 'old' sibling page */
    k = 0;                             /* Current 'new' sibling page */


    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      int isDivider = 0;
      while( i==iNextOld ){
        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
        ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
        assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) );
        assert( j+1 < nOld );
        pOld = apCopy[++j];
        iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
        if( pOld->nOverflow ){
          nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
          iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0];


        }
        isDivider = !leafData;  
      }

      assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
      assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1);
      assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1);
      if( i==iOverflow ){
        isDivider = 1;
        if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
          iOverflow++;
        }
      }

      if( i==cntNew[k] ){
        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
        ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell.  */
        pNew = apNew[++k];
        if( !leafData ) continue;
      }
      assert( j<nOld );
      assert( k<nNew );



      /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
      ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
      ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
      ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated.  */
      if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
        if( !leafCorrection ){
          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);




        }
        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
        }
      }
    }

    if( !leafCorrection ){
      for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
        u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
        ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
      }
    }

#if 0

    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
#endif
  }

  assert( pParent->isInit );
  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
          nOld, nNew, nCell));


  /*
  ** Cleanup before returning.
  */
balance_cleanup:
  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
................................................................................
    }else{
      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];

      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
        if( pPage->hasData
         && pPage->nOverflow==1
         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
         && pParent->pgno!=1
         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
        ){
          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
          ** buffer. 
          **
          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
................................................................................
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
................................................................................

  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
    return pCur->skipNext;
  }

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE

              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );

  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
................................................................................
    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);

    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto()
    ** call */
    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){

      loc = -1;
    }
  }

  if( !loc ){
    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
    if( rc ) return rc;
................................................................................
  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );

  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
  if( loc==0 ){
    u16 szOld;
................................................................................
    if( rc ){
      goto end_insert;
    }
    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
    }
    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
    assert( pPage->leaf );
    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
  }else{
    assert( pPage->leaf );
................................................................................

end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
  int rc;                              /* Return code */
  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 


  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
................................................................................
  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
  }

  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
................................................................................
    int nCell;
    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
    unsigned char *pTmp;

    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );

    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;


    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }

  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
................................................................................
  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
){
  MemPage *pPage;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pCell;
  int i;
  int hdr;


  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0);
................................................................................
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
    }
    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }else if( pnChange ){
    assert( pPage->intKey );
................................................................................
** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
** is read-only, the others are read/write.
** 
** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].







*/
void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );




  *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);


  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
  }
................................................................................
    ** caller.
    */
    if( pPage->leaf ){
      do {
        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
          *pnEntry = nEntry;
          return SQLITE_OK;
        }
        moveToParent(pCur);
      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );

      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    }
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** Append a message to the error message string.
*/
static void checkAppendMsg(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
  char *zMsg1,
  const char *zFormat,
  ...
){
  va_list ap;

  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
  pCheck->mxErr--;
  pCheck->nErr++;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
  }
  if( zMsg1 ){

    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1);
  }
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
}
................................................................................
  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
}


/*
** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
** if this is the first reference to the page.
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
  return 0;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
** to pCheck.
*/
static void checkPtrmap(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
){
  int rc;
  u8 ePtrmapType;
  Pgno iPtrmapParent;

  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
    return;
  }

  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
  }
}
#endif

/*
................................................................................
** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
*/
static void checkList(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
){
  int i;
  int expected = N;
  int iFirst = iPage;
  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
    DbPage *pOvflPage;
    unsigned char *pOvflData;
    if( iPage<1 ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
          N+1, expected, iFirst);
      break;
    }
    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
      break;
    }
    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
    if( isFreeList ){
      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
      }
#endif
      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
        N--;
      }else{
        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
          }
#endif
          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
        }
        N -= n;
      }
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    else{
      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
      ** the following page matches iPage.
      */
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
      }
    }
#endif
    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
  }
}
................................................................................
**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
**          the root of the tree.
*/
static int checkTreePage(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
  i64 *pnParentMinKey, 
  i64 *pnParentMaxKey
){
  MemPage *pPage;
  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
  int hdr, cellStart;
  int nCell;
  u8 *data;
  BtShared *pBt;
  int usableSize;
  char zContext[100];
  char *hit = 0;
  i64 nMinKey = 0;
  i64 nMaxKey = 0;

  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);


  /* Check that the page exists
  */
  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;


  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
    return 0;


  }

  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
  pPage->isInit = 0;
  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
    releasePage(pPage);
    return 0;

  }

  /* Check out all the cells.
  */
  depth = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
    u8 *pCell;
    u32 sz;
    CellInfo info;

    /* Check payload overflow pages
    */
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);


    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
    sz = info.nData;
    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
    /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
    */


    else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
    else{
      if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
            "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
      }
      nMaxKey = info.nKey;
    }
    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
    ){
      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
      }
#endif
      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
    }

    /* Check sanity of left child page.
    */
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
      }
#endif
      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
      }
      depth = d2;
    }
  }

  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
    }
#endif
    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
  }
 
  /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
  ** with any left/parent/right pages.
  */


  if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
    /* if we are a left child page */
    if( pnParentMinKey ){
      /* if we are the left most child page */
      if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
              nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
        }
      }else{
        if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
              "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
              nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
        }
        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
              nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
        }
        *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
      }
    /* else if we're a right child page */
    } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
      if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
            "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
            nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
      }
    }
  }

  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
  */
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );

  if( hit==0 ){
    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
  }else{
    int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);


    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);


    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;


    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
      u32 size = 65536;
      int j;
      if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
      }
      if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){

        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
      }else{
        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
      }
    }



    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    while( i>0 ){
      int size, j;
      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;




      j = get2byte(&data[i]);


      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      i = j;
    }
    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
      if( hit[i]==0 ){
        cnt++;
      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
        break;
      }
    }





    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
    }
  }
  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
  releasePage(pPage);





  return depth+1;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
................................................................................
  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
  sCheck.nErr = 0;
  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;



  *pnErr = 0;
  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return 0;
  }

  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
................................................................................
  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;

  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
  */

  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");


  /* Check all the tables.
  */
  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
    }
#endif

    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);

  }

  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
  */
  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
#else
    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
    ** references to pointer-map pages.
    */
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
  ** of the integrity check.
  */
  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
    );
  }

  /* Clean  up and report errors.
  */
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_ABORT;
  }

  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
  **
  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a BTREE_INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
  */
  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );

  /* Check some assumptions: 
................................................................................

/*
** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
}

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
#include "btreeInt.h"

/*
** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
................................................................................
  }

  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
  */
  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
    return 1;
  }

  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
................................................................................
  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
){
  BtCursor *p;
  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0
     && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow)
    ){
      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    }
  }
}

#else
  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
................................................................................
  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
  ** data.
  */
  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
    if( pKey ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pCur->pKey = pKey;
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(pKey);
      }
................................................................................
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/* Forward reference */
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);

/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
** the table with root-page iRoot.  "Saving the cursor position" means that
** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified.  This
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
** Implementation note:  This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
** need to be saved.  It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
  }
  return p ? saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept) : SQLITE_OK;
}

/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
  BtCursor *p,         /* The first cursor that needs saving */
  Pgno iRoot,          /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */
  BtCursor *pExcept    /* Do not save this cursor */
){
  do{
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }while( p );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out

** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
** is rebalanced.
**


** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
**

** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
  return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
}

/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
** nearby row.
**
** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
  int rc;

  assert( pCur!=0 );
  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );



  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){

    *pDifferentRow = 1;
    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pDifferentRow = 1;
  }else{
    *pDifferentRow = 0;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
}

/*
** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.



*/
static void btreeParseCellPtr(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  u8 *pIter;              /* For scanning through pCell */
  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
  if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
    assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 );
    pIter = pCell + getVarint32(pCell, nPayload);
    pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
  }else if( pPage->noPayload ){
    assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
    pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
    pInfo->nPayload = 0;
    pInfo->nLocal = 0;
    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
    pInfo->pPayload = 0;
    return;
  }else{
    pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize;
    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload);

    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
  }
  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
  pInfo->pPayload = pIter;
  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
    */
    pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
    if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
  }else{
    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
................................................................................
    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
    }else{
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
    }
    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell);
    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
  }
}


static void btreeParseCell(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
}

/*
** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/
static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
  u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */
  u8 *pEnd;                                /* End mark for a varint */
  u32 nSize;                               /* Size value to return */

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
  CellInfo debuginfo;
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
#endif

  if( pPage->noPayload ){
    pEnd = &pIter[9];
    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
    assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 );
    return (u16)(pIter - pCell);

  }
  nSize = *pIter;
  if( nSize>=0x80 ){
    pEnd = &pIter[9];
    nSize &= 0x7f;
    do{
      nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f);
    }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
  }
  pIter++;
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
    ** past the end of the key value. */
    pEnd = &pIter[9];
    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );


  }

  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
  if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){
    nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
    if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4;
  }else{
    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
      nSize = minLocal;
    }


    nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell);
  }





  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB );
  return (u16)nSize;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
** only. */
static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
................................................................................
** for the overflow page.
*/
static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
  CellInfo info;
  if( *pRC ) return;
  assert( pCell!=0 );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);

  if( info.iOverflow ){
    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
  }
}
#endif


/*
** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
** pointer array and the cell content area.
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a
** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all
** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all
** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page.
*/
static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int pc;                    /* Address of the i-th cell */
  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
  unsigned char *src;        /* Source of content */
  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */


  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  temp = 0;
  src = data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
  nCell = pPage->nCell;
  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;


  cbrk = usableSize;
  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
................................................................................
    ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 
    */
    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#endif
    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &src[pc]);
    cbrk -= size;
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
    if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#else
    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
#endif
    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );

    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
    if( temp==0 ){
      int x;
      if( cbrk==pc ) continue;
      temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
      x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
      memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x);
      src = temp;
    }
    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size);
  }
  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
  data[hdr+1] = 0;
  data[hdr+2] = 0;
  data[hdr+7] = 0;
  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in
** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it
** from the free-list.
**
** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL.
**
** This function may detect corruption within pPg.  If corruption is
** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned.
**
** If a slot of at least nByte bytes is found but cannot be used because 
** there are already at least 60 fragmented bytes on the page, return NULL.
** In this case, if pbDefrag parameter is not NULL, set *pbDefrag to true.
*/
static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc, int *pbDefrag){
  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
  int iAddr;
  int pc;
  int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;

  for(iAddr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]))>0; iAddr=pc){
    int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
    ** increasing offset. */
    if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<iAddr+4 ){
      *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      return 0;
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each
    ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock
    ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */
    size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]);
    if( size>=nByte ){
      int x = size - nByte;
      testcase( x==4 );
      testcase( x==3 );
      if( x<4 ){
        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total
        ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */
        if( aData[hdr+7]>=60 ){
          if( pbDefrag ) *pbDefrag = 1;
          return 0;
        }
        /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
        ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
        memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2);
        aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
      }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
        *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }else{
        /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
         ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
        put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x);
      }
      return &aData[pc + x];
    }
  }

  return 0;
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
**
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */

  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Integer return code */
  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */


  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) );



  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
  assert( gap<=65536 );
  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size
  ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space)
  ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536.
  ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned
  ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */
  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;

  /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
  ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
  ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
  */
  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );

  if( gap+2<=top && (data[hdr+1] || data[hdr+2]) ){
    int bDefrag = 0;
    u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc, &bDefrag);

    if( rc ) return rc;

















    if( bDefrag ) goto defragment_page;
    if( pSpace ){











      assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 );
      *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }




  /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
  ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
 defragment_page:
    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB );
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
**
** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
**
** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks.  Nor
** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
** at the end of the page.  So do additional corruption checks inside this
** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){

  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */
  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( iStart<=iLast );

  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
  ** option is enabled */
  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
  }

  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  iPtr = hdr + 1;
  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
    iFreeBlk = 0;  /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
  }else{
    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){
      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
    }
    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
  
    /* At this point:
    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer iFreeBlk
    **
    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
    */
    if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
      nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
      if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
      iSize = iEnd - iStart;
      iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
    }
  
    /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
    ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
    ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
    */
    if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
      int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
      if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
        if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
        iStart = iPtr;
      }
    }
    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
  }
  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
    ** freelist entry */
    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
  }else{
    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
  }
  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
................................................................................
  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03640-13415 A value of 5 means the page is an interior
    ** table b-tree page. */
    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 );
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-20501-61796 A value of 13 means the page is a leaf
    ** table b-tree page. */
    assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 );
    pPage->intKey = 1;
    pPage->intKeyLeaf = pPage->leaf;
    pPage->noPayload = !pPage->leaf;
    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-27225-53936 A value of 2 means the page is an interior
    ** index b-tree page. */
    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 );
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-16571-11615 A value of 10 means the page is a leaf
    ** index b-tree page. */
    assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 );
    pPage->intKey = 0;

    pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0;
    pPage->noPayload = 0;
    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
  }else{
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is
    ** an error. */
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */

    pBt = pPage->pBt;

    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
    data = pPage->aData;
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating
    ** the b-tree page type. */
    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize;
    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates
    ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is
    ** interpreted as 65536. */
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
    ** number of cells on the page. */
    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only
    ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the
    ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the
    ** bytes of reserved space. */
    assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB );

    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
    **
    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
    ** returned if it does.
................................................................................
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }
      }
      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
    }  
#endif

    /* Compute the total free space on the page
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the
    ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no
    ** freeblocks. */
    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;  /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */
    while( pc>0 ){
      u16 next, size;
      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
        ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
        **
        ** Or, the freeblock is off the end of the page
        */
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
................................................................................
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**
................................................................................
  
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
#endif
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
    ** the beginning of the database file. */
    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
      pBt->pageSize = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
................................................................................
      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
      }
#endif
      nReserve = 0;
    }else{
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
      ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
      ** into the database file header. */
      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
    }
................................................................................
#else
  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
** pointer.
*/
static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );

    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
................................................................................
    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
    **
    ** Also:  Provide four bytes of initialized space before the
    ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the
    ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell.
    */
    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
      memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8);
      pBt->pTmpSpace += 4;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
*/
static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
  if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
    pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4;
    sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace);
    pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
  ** this handle.
  */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);

  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
  ** up the shared-btree.
  */
  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
................................................................................
    nPage = nPageFile;
  }
  if( nPage>0 ){
    u32 pageSize;
    u32 usableSize;
    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins
    ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d
    ** 61 74 20 33 00. */
    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    if( page1[18]>1 ){
      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
................................................................................
        releasePage(pPage1);
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
    }
#endif

    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload
    ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32.
    **
    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
    */
    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is
    ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from
    ** the beginning of the database file. */
    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two
    ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */
    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
     || pageSize<=256 
    ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte
    ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of
    ** each page to reserve for extensions. 
    **
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
    ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
    ** into the database file header. */
    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
      ** again with the correct page-size.
................................................................................
                                   pageSize-usableSize);
      return rc;
    }
    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to
    ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the
    ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */
    if( usableSize<480 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
................................................................................
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
**
** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
** false then all cursors are counted.
**
** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
** is capable of reading or writing to the database.  Cursors that
** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
  BtCursor *pCur;
  int r = 0;
  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
................................................................................
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
    MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
    assert( pPage1->aData );
    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    releasePage(pPage1);

  }
}

/*
** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
** the database.
................................................................................

/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit 
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
................................................................................
    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
      return rc;
    }
    p->iDataVersion--;  /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
  }

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
** references.  Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
**
** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
** sharing the cache with pBtree.
**
** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly

** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue 
** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are 
** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
**
** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while 
** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, 
** including all read-cursors are tripped.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){
  BtCursor *p;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 );
  if( pBtree ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
    for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
      int i;
      if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
        if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
          rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
            (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0);
            break;
          }
        }
      }else{
        sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
        p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
        p->skipNext = errCode;
      }
      for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
        releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
        p->apPage[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Rollback the transaction in progress.
**
** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
** tripped if writeOnly is false.  Any attempt to use

** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1;

  assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 );
  assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
    if( rc ) writeOnly = 0;
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( tripCode ){
    int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) );
    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
  }
  btreeIntegrity(p);

  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc2;

    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
................................................................................

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
................................................................................
  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );

  if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( wrFlag ){
    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
    if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
    assert( wrFlag==0 );
    iTable = 0;
  }

  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
................................................................................
    if( pCur->pNext ){
      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
    }
    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
    }
    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
**
** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
** compiler is not doing aggressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
................................................................................
**
** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
** 
** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
*/
int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );



  getCellInfo(pCur);
  *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
** cursor currently points to.
**
................................................................................
** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->intKeyLeaf==1 );
  getCellInfo(pCur);
  *pSize = pCur->info.nPayload;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
................................................................................
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
................................................................................
  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
  unsigned char *aPayload;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  int iIdx = 0;
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
  unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf;
  int bEnd;                                 /* True if reading to end of data */
#endif

  assert( pPage );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );    /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */

  getCellInfo(pCur);
  aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;

#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ

  bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload;
#endif
  assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );


  if( &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ){

    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
    int a = amt;
................................................................................
    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
    offset = 0;
    pBuf += a;
    amt -= a;
  }else{
    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
  }


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
    Pgno nextPage;

    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);

................................................................................
    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
        );
        if( aNew==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        }else{
          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
        }
................................................................................
      }
    }

    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
    ** directly to it.
    */
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0
     && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize]
    ){
      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
    }

    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){

................................................................................
        ** function.
        **
        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
        */
        assert( eOp!=2 );
        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
        assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db );
        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
        }else{
          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
        }
        offset -= ovflSize;
      }else{
................................................................................
        **
        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
        **   6) all data from the page is being read.
        **   7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer 
        **
        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
        */
        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (7) */
        ){
          u8 aSave[4];
          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* hence (7) */
          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
        }else
#endif

................................................................................
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
** in the table.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
................................................................................
  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
  *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;
  return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
}


/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
................................................................................
static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
  Pgno pgno;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  MemPage *pPage = 0;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }

  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 );

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
................................................................................
      *pRes = -1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  if( pIdxKey ){
    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
    pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
    );
  }else{
    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
  }
................................................................................
    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
      for(;;){
        i64 nCellKey;
        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          }
        }
        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
          lwr = idx+1;
................................................................................
        */
        nCell = pCell[0];
        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
          ** b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
        ){
          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
        }else{
          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
          void *pCellKey;
          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
................................................................................
          }
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
        }
        assert( 
            (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
         && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
        );
        if( c<0 ){
          lwr = idx+1;
        }else if( c>0 ){
          upr = idx-1;
        }else{
          assert( c==0 );
          *pRes = 0;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
          goto moveto_finish;
        }
        if( lwr>upr ) break;
        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
      }
    }
................................................................................
}

/*
** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
**
** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext().  That routine is optimized
** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
** to the next cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreeNext() helper
** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
** to restore the cursor.
**
** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
** implementation does use this hint, however.)
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );


  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( *pRes==0 );
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){

    assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){

      return rc;
    }
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      *pRes = 1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( pCur->skipNext ){
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
        pCur->skipNext = 0;

        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      pCur->skipNext = 0;
    }
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
................................................................................
  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );



  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));


      if( rc ) return rc;

      return moveToLeftmost(pCur);


    }
    do{
      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
        *pRes = 1;
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      moveToParent(pCur);
      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );

    if( pPage->intKey ){
      return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  if( pPage->leaf ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
  }
}
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  MemPage *pPage;
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
  *pRes = 0;
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){
    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
    return btreeNext(pCur, pRes);
  }
  if( pPage->leaf ){
    return SQLITE_OK;

  }else{
    return moveToLeftmost(pCur);

  }
}

/*
** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
**
** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious().  That routine is optimized
** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
** to the previous cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreePrevious()
** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page
** or to restore the cursor.
**
** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
** implementation does use this hint, however.)
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  assert( *pRes==0 );
  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 );
  assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){

    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){

      return rc;

    }
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      *pRes = 1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( pCur->skipNext ){
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
        pCur->skipNext = 0;

        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      pCur->skipNext = 0;
    }
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));


    if( rc ) return rc;

    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
  }else{
    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        *pRes = 1;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
      moveToParent(pCur);
    }
    assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
    assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 );

    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
  *pRes = 0;
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey);
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID
   || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0
   || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0
  ){
    return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
  }
  pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Allocate a new page from the database file.
**
** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
................................................................................
  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36
  ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */
  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
  if( n>=mxPage ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  if( n>0 ){
    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
................................................................................
    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
    */
    do {
      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
      if( pPrevTrunk ){
        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page
        ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or
        ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */
        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
      }else{
        /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32
        ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if
        ** the freelist is empty. */
        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
      }
      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }else{
        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
................................................................................
      }
      if( rc ){
        pTrunk = 0;
        goto end_allocate_page;
      }
      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page
      ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */
      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
        ** allocated page */
        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
        if( rc ){
................................................................................
                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
          if( closest<k-1 ){
            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
          }
          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno)? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
              releasePage(*ppPage);
            }
          }
................................................................................
    **
    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
    ** database image and the end of the database file.
    */
    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0;

    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    pBt->nPage++;
    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
      **
      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still
      ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in
      ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be
      ** read by older versions of SQLite.
      */
      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
................................................................................
static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
  }
}

/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.  Write the
** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting
** overflow) into *pnSize.
*/
static int clearCell(
  MemPage *pPage,          /* The page that contains the Cell */
  unsigned char *pCell,    /* First byte of the Cell */
  u16 *pnSize              /* Write the size of the Cell here */
){
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  CellInfo info;
  Pgno ovflPgno;
  int rc;
  int nOvfl;
  u32 ovflPageSize;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  *pnSize = info.nSize;
  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
  }
  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
  }
  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
................................................................................
  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
  unsigned char *pPrior;
  unsigned char *pPayload;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
  int nHeader;


  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );

  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );

  /* Fill in the header. */
  nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize;
  nPayload = nData + nZero;


  if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){
    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
  }else{

    assert( nData==0 );
    assert( nZero==0 );
  }
  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);




  
  /* Fill in the payload size */

  if( pPage->intKey ){
    pSrc = pData;
    nSrc = nData;
    nData = 0;
  }else{ 
    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    nPayload = (int)nKey;
    pSrc = pKey;
    nSrc = (int)nKey;
  }
  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
    n = nHeader + nPayload;
    testcase( n==3 );
    testcase( n==4 );
    if( n<4 ) n = 4;
    *pnSize = n;
    spaceLeft = nPayload;
    pPrior = pCell;
  }else{
    int mn = pPage->minLocal;
    n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal );
    testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
    if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn;
    spaceLeft = n;
    *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4;
    pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n];
  }
  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];

  /* At this point variables should be set as follows:
  **
  **   nPayload           Total payload size in bytes
  **   pPayload           Begin writing payload here
  **   spaceLeft          Space available at pPayload.  If nPayload>spaceLeft,
  **                      that means content must spill into overflow pages.
  **   *pnSize            Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages)
  **   pPrior             Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page
  **
  ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above
  ** were computed correctly.
  */
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
  {
    CellInfo info;
    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
    assert( nHeader=(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) );
    assert( info.nKey==nKey );
    assert( *pnSize == info.nSize );
    assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal );
    assert( pPrior == &pCell[info.iOverflow] );
  }
#endif

  /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */
  while( nPayload>0 ){
    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        do{
          pgnoOvfl++;
................................................................................
  }
  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
  if( rc ){
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  pPage->nCell--;
  if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
    memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
    data[hdr+7] = 0;
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize);
    pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset
                       - pPage->childPtrSize - 8;
  }else{
    memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
    pPage->nFree += 2;
  }
}

/*
** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
** content of the cell.
**
** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.





*/
static void insertCell(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
................................................................................
){
  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
  int j;            /* Loop counter */
  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */


  if( *pRC ) return;

  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
  assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
    if( pTemp ){
      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
      pCell = pTemp;
    }
    if( iChild ){
      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
    }
    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
................................................................................
    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
    ** if it returns success */
    assert( idx >= end+2 );
    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
    pPage->nCell++;
    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
    if( iChild ){
      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
    }
    memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins);
    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
    }
#endif
  }
}

/*
** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The 
** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function
** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell
** array.
**
** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This
** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any 
** such cells before overwriting the page data.
**
** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the 
** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
*/
static void rebuildPage(


  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
  int nCell,                      /* Final number of cells on page */
  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */

  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
){






  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;          /* Offset of header on pPg */
  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;           /* Pointer to data for pPg */
  const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize;
  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize];
  int i;
  u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
  u8 *pData;

  i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]);
  memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i);

  pData = pEnd;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pCell = apCell[i];
    if( pCell>aData && pCell<pEnd ){
      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
    }
    pData -= szCell[i];
    memcpy(pData, pCell, szCell[i]);
    put2byte(pCellptr, (pData - aData));
    pCellptr += 2;
    assert( szCell[i]==cellSizePtr(pPg, pCell) );
  }

  /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */
  pPg->nCell = nCell;
  pPg->nOverflow = 0;








  put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0);
  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);
  aData[hdr+7] = 0x00;
}





/*
** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell
** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to 
** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because 
** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero
** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is
** returned.
**
** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array
** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the
** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each
** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array.
**
** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the 
** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended,
** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area
** before returning.
**
** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the
** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for
** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content
** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all
** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned.
*/
static int pageInsertArray(
  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to add cells to */
  u8 *pBegin,                     /* End of cell-pointer array */
  u8 **ppData,                    /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */
  u8 *pCellptr,                   /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */
  int nCell,                      /* Number of cells to add to pPg */
  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */
  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
){
  int i;
  u8 *aData = pPg->aData;
  u8 *pData = *ppData;
  const int bFreelist = aData[1] || aData[2];
  assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 );    /* Never called on page 1 */
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    int sz = szCell[i];
    int rc;
    u8 *pSlot;
    if( bFreelist==0 || (pSlot = pageFindSlot(pPg, sz, &rc, 0))==0 ){
      pData -= sz;
      if( pData<pBegin ) return 1;
      pSlot = pData;
    }
    memcpy(pSlot, apCell[i], sz);
    put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData));
    pCellptr += 2;
  }
  *ppData = pData;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell 
** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the
** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored 
** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other
** fields of the page are not updated.
**
** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list.
*/
static int pageFreeArray(
  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Page to edit */
  int nCell,                      /* Cells to delete */
  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */
  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
){
  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
  u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize];
  u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize];
  int nRet = 0;
  int i;
  u8 *pFree = 0;
  int szFree = 0;

  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pCell = apCell[i];
    if( pCell>=pStart && pCell<pEnd ){
      int sz = szCell[i];
      if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){
        if( pFree ){
          assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
          freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
        }
        pFree = pCell;
        szFree = sz;
        if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0;
      }else{
        pFree = pCell;
        szFree += sz;
      }
      nRet++;
    }
  }
  if( pFree ){
    assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 );
    freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree);
  }
  return nRet;
}

/*
** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the
** pages being balanced.  The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting
** with apCell[iOld].  After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells
** starting at apCell[iNew].
**
** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains
** the correct cells after being balanced.
**
** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
*/
static void editPage(
  MemPage *pPg,                   /* Edit this page */
  int iOld,                       /* Index of first cell currently on page */
  int iNew,                       /* Index of new first cell on page */
  int nNew,                       /* Final number of cells on page */
  u8 **apCell,                    /* Array of cells */
  u16 *szCell                     /* Array of cell sizes */
){
  u8 * const aData = pPg->aData;
  const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset;
  u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2];
  int nCell = pPg->nCell;       /* Cells stored on pPg */
  u8 *pData;
  u8 *pCellptr;

  int i;
  int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow;
  int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew;




#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager);
  memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize);
#endif

  /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */
  if( iOld<iNew ){
    int nShift = pageFreeArray(
        pPg, iNew-iOld, &apCell[iOld], &szCell[iOld]
    );
    memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2);
    nCell -= nShift;
  }
  if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){
    nCell -= pageFreeArray(
        pPg, iOldEnd-iNewEnd, &apCell[iNewEnd], &szCell[iNewEnd]
    );
  }

  pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])];
  if( pData<pBegin ) goto editpage_fail;

  /* Add cells to the start of the page */
  if( iNew<iOld ){
    int nAdd = MIN(nNew,iOld-iNew);
    assert( (iOld-iNew)<nNew || nCell==0 || CORRUPT_DB );
    pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx;
    memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2);
    if( pageInsertArray(
          pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
          nAdd, &apCell[iNew], &szCell[iNew]
    ) ) goto editpage_fail;
    nCell += nAdd;
  }

  /* Add any overflow cells */
  for(i=0; i<pPg->nOverflow; i++){
    int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew;
    if( iCell>=0 && iCell<nNew ){
      pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[iCell * 2];
      memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2);
      nCell++;
      if( pageInsertArray(
            pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
            1, &apCell[iCell + iNew], &szCell[iCell + iNew]
      ) ) goto editpage_fail;
    }
  }

  /* Append cells to the end of the page */
  pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
  if( pageInsertArray(
        pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr,
        nNew-nCell, &apCell[iNew+nCell], &szCell[iNew+nCell]
  ) ) goto editpage_fail;

  pPg->nCell = nNew;
  pPg->nOverflow = 0;

  put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell);
  put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData);

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  for(i=0; i<nNew && !CORRUPT_DB; i++){
    u8 *pCell = apCell[i+iNew];
    int iOff = get2byte(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]);
    if( pCell>=aData && pCell<&aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize] ){
      pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData];
    }
    assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff], szCell[i+iNew]) );
  }
#endif

  return;
 editpage_fail:
  /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */
  rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &apCell[iNew], &szCell[iNew]);
}

/*
** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
................................................................................
  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );

  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
  if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;

  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
  */
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);

................................................................................
    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
    u8 *pStop;

    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
    rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
    pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell;

    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
................................................................................
  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */

  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
  int cntOld[NB+2];            /* Old index in aCell[] after i-th page */
  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */
  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
  u8 abDone[NB+2];             /* True after i'th new page is populated */
  Pgno aPgno[NB+2];            /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */
  Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2];         /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */
  u16 aPgFlags[NB+2];          /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */

  memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone));
  pBt = pParent->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );

#if 0
  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
#endif
................................................................................
  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
  ** alignment */
  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;

  /*
  ** Allocate space for memory structures
  */

  szScratch =
       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */

     + pBt->pageSize;                              /* aSpace1 */

  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28375-38319 SQLite will never request a scratch buffer
  ** that is more than 6 times the database page size. */
  assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize );
  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
  if( apCell==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );

  /*
  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already
  ** been removed from pParent.
  **
  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
  ** are alike.
  **
  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
  */
  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
  leafData = apOld[0]->intKeyLeaf;
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    int limit;





    MemPage *pOld = apOld[i];




    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
        apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
................................................................................
      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
        apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
        nCell++;
      }
    }       
    cntOld[i] = nCell;
    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
      u8 *pTemp;
      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
      szCell[nCell] = sz;
      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
      iSpace1 += sz;
................................................................................
        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
        ** pointer of the divider cell */
        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
      }else{
        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell
          ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */
          assert( szCell[nCell]==3 );
          assert( apCell[nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] );
          aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00;
          szCell[nCell] = 4;
        }
      }
      nCell++;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  ** 
  */
  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    assert( i<nMaxCells );
    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i] - 2;
      cntNew[k] = i;
      if( leafData ){ i--; }
      subtotal = 0;
      k++;
      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
    }
  }
  szNew[k] = subtotal;
  cntNew[k] = nCell;
  k++;

  /*
  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
  ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are
  ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty.
  ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to
  ** get a better balance.
  **
  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
  */
  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
................................................................................
      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
      d = r + 1 - leafData;
    }
    szNew[i] = szRight;
    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
  }

  /* Sanity check:  For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing
  ** must be true:
  **    (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or
  **    (2) pPage is a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when
  **        the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of


  **        that page.

  */

  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB);


  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n",
    apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell,
    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0,
    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0
  ));

  /*
  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
  */
  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
      nNew++;
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    }else{
      assert( i>0 );
      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
      zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
      apNew[i] = pNew;
      nNew++;
      cntOld[i] = nCell;

      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto balance_cleanup;
        }
      }
    }
  }











  /*

  ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. 
  ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
  ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn 
  ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly.

  **
  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more 
  ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem.

  **
  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster 
  ** for large insertions and deletions.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    aPgOrder[i] = aPgno[i] = apNew[i]->pgno;
    aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags;



    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
      if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){
        /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains
        ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. 
        ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but
        ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager
        ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same
        ** page number.  */
        assert( CORRUPT_DB );
        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        goto balance_cleanup;
      }
    }
  }
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    int iBest = 0;                /* aPgno[] index of page number to use */
    for(j=1; j<nNew; j++){
      if( aPgOrder[j]<aPgOrder[iBest] ) iBest = j;
    }
    pgno = aPgOrder[iBest];
    aPgOrder[iBest] = 0xffffffff;
    if( iBest!=i ){
      if( iBest>i ){
        sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0);
      }


      sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]);
      apNew[i]->pgno = pgno;


    }
  }


  TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) "
         "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n",
    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0],
    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
    nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0,
    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
    nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0,
    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
    nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0,
    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0,
    nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0
  ));

  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);

  /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer
  ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was 
  ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */
  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){
    MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1];
    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
  }

  /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with 
  ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer
  ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell()
  ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are:
  **


  **   a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the
  **      entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and
  **
  **   b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated
  **      with the cell.
  **
  ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry 
  ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be 
  ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been 
  ** populated, not here.
  */



  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];




    u8 *aOld = pNew->aData;
    int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow;
    int usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
    int iNew = 0;
    int iOld = 0;

    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      u8 *pCell = apCell[i];
      if( i==cntOldNext ){
        MemPage *pOld = (++iOld)<nNew ? apNew[iOld] : apOld[iOld];
        cntOldNext += pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData;
        aOld = pOld->aData;
      }
      if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){
        pNew = apNew[++iNew];
        if( !leafData ) continue;
      }






      /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it
      ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), 
      ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So,
      ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if
      ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or
      ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries.  */
      if( iOld>=nNew
       || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld]
       || pCell<aOld
       || pCell>=&aOld[usableSize]
      ){
        if( !leafCorrection ){
          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
        }
        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */
  for(i=0; i<nNew-1; i++){
    u8 *pCell;
    u8 *pTemp;
    int sz;
    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
    j = cntNew[i];

    assert( j<nMaxCells );
    pCell = apCell[j];
    sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
    pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
    if( !pNew->leaf ){
      memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
    }else if( leafData ){
      /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
      ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
      ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
      ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
      */
      CellInfo info;
      j--;
      btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
      pCell = pTemp;
      sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
      pTemp = 0;
    }else{
      pCell -= 4;
      /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
      ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
      ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
      ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
      ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
      ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
      **
      ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
      ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
      ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
      */
      if( szCell[j]==4 ){
        assert(leafCorrection==4);
        sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
      }
    }
    iOvflSpace += sz;
    assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
    assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
    insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
  }



  /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated
  ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which
  ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means:
  **
  **  (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1])
  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
  **      the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated.
  **
  **  (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1])
  **      then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after
  **      the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated.
  **
  ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update.
  **
  ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down
  ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over
  ** the pages.  On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above
  ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous
  ** step.  On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the
  ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward
  ** pass.
  */
  for(i=1-nNew; i<nNew; i++){
    int iPg = i<0 ? -i : i;
    assert( iPg>=0 && iPg<nNew );
    if( abDone[iPg] ) continue;         /* Skip pages already processed */
    if( i>=0                            /* On the upwards pass, or... */
     || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1]    /* Condition (1) is true */
    ){
      int iNew;
      int iOld;
      int nNewCell;


      /* Verify condition (1):  If cells are moving left, update iPg
      ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */
      assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] );

      /* Verify condition (2):  If cells are moving right, update iPg
      ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */
      assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] );

      if( iPg==0 ){
        iNew = iOld = 0;
        nNewCell = cntNew[0];
      }else{
        iOld = iPg<nOld ? (cntOld[iPg-1] + !leafData) : nCell;
        iNew = cntNew[iPg-1] + !leafData;
        nNewCell = cntNew[iPg] - iNew;
      }

      editPage(apNew[iPg], iOld, iNew, nNewCell, apCell, szCell);
      abDone[iPg]++;
      apNew[iPg]->nFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg];
      assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 );
      assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell );
    }
  }

  /* All pages have been processed exactly once */
  assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 );

  assert( nOld>0 );
  assert( nNew>0 );





  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
    **
    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
    **
    ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being
    ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will
    ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the
    ** free space needs to be up front.
    */
    assert( nNew==1 );
    rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0]);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
      || rc!=SQLITE_OK
    );
    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){











    /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each


























    ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken
    ** care of.  */
    for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){












      u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
      ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
    }

  }


















  assert( pParent->isInit );

  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
          nOld, nNew, nCell));








  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
  */
  for(i=nNew; i<nOld; i++){
    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
  }













#if 0
  if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){
    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);

  }




#endif

  /*
  ** Cleanup before returning.
  */
balance_cleanup:
  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
................................................................................
    }else{
      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];

      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
        if( pPage->intKeyLeaf
         && pPage->nOverflow==1
         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
         && pParent->pgno!=1
         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
        ){
          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
          ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent 
          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
          ** buffer. 
          **
          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
................................................................................
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
................................................................................

  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
    return pCur->skipNext;
  }

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0
              && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );

  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
................................................................................
    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);

    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto()
    ** call */
    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0
      && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){
      loc = -1;
    }
  }

  if( !loc ){
    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
    if( rc ) return rc;
................................................................................
  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );

  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
  assert( pPage->isInit );

  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;

  assert( newCell!=0 );
  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
  if( loc==0 ){
    u16 szOld;
................................................................................
    if( rc ){
      goto end_insert;
    }
    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
    }

    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &szOld);
    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
    assert( pPage->leaf );
    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
  }else{
    assert( pPage->leaf );
................................................................................

end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at an arbitrary location.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
  int rc;                              /* Return code */
  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
  u16 szCell;                          /* Size of the cell being deleted */

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
................................................................................
  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
  }

  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, szCell, &rc);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
................................................................................
    int nCell;
    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
    unsigned char *pTmp;

    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );


    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;

    assert( pTmp!=0 );
    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }

  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
................................................................................
  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
){
  MemPage *pPage;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pCell;
  int i;
  int hdr;
  u16 szCell;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0);
................................................................................
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
    }
    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }else if( pnChange ){
    assert( pPage->intKey );
................................................................................
** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
** is read-only, the others are read/write.
** 
** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
**
** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case.  Instead
** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion"
** from the pager.  The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the
** database file.  It is a number computed by the pager.  But its access
** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to
** read it from this routine.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );

  if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){
    *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion;
  }else{
    *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
  }

  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
  }
................................................................................
    ** caller.
    */
    if( pPage->leaf ){
      do {
        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
          *pnEntry = nEntry;
          return moveToRoot(pCur);
        }
        moveToParent(pCur);
      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );

      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
    }
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** Append a message to the error message string.
*/
static void checkAppendMsg(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,

  const char *zFormat,
  ...
){
  va_list ap;
  char zBuf[200];
  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
  pCheck->mxErr--;
  pCheck->nErr++;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
  }
  if( pCheck->zPfx ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2);
    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zBuf);
  }
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
}
................................................................................
  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
}


/*
** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if
** if this is the first reference to the page.
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){
  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
  return 0;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
** to pCheck.
*/
static void checkPtrmap(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
  Pgno iParent           /* Expected pointer map parent page number */

){
  int rc;
  u8 ePtrmapType;
  Pgno iPtrmapParent;

  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
    return;
  }

  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
  }
}
#endif

/*
................................................................................
** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
*/
static void checkList(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
  int N                 /* Expected number of pages in the list */

){
  int i;
  int expected = N;
  int iFirst = iPage;
  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
    DbPage *pOvflPage;
    unsigned char *pOvflData;
    if( iPage<1 ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
          N+1, expected, iFirst);
      break;
    }
    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
      break;
    }
    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
    if( isFreeList ){
      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
      }
#endif
      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
        N--;
      }else{
        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
          }
#endif
          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage);
        }
        N -= n;
      }
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    else{
      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
      ** the following page matches iPage.
      */
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage);
      }
    }
#endif
    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
  }
}
................................................................................
**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
**          the root of the tree.
*/
static int checkTreePage(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */

  i64 *pnParentMinKey, 
  i64 *pnParentMaxKey
){
  MemPage *pPage;
  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
  int hdr, cellStart;
  int nCell;
  u8 *data;
  BtShared *pBt;
  int usableSize;

  char *hit = 0;
  i64 nMinKey = 0;
  i64 nMaxKey = 0;
  const char *saved_zPfx = pCheck->zPfx;
  int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1;
  int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2;

  /* Check that the page exists
  */
  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0;
  pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
  pCheck->v1 = iPage;
  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);

    depth = -1;
    goto end_of_check;
  }

  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
  pPage->isInit = 0;
  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
    releasePage(pPage);
    depth = -1;
    goto end_of_check;
  }

  /* Check out all the cells.
  */
  depth = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
    u8 *pCell;
    u32 sz;
    CellInfo info;

    /* Check payload overflow pages
    */

    pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: ";
    pCheck->v1 = iPage;
    pCheck->v2 = i;
    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
    sz = info.nPayload;

    /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
    */
    if( pPage->intKey ){
      if( i==0 ){
        nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;

      }else if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
           "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
      }
      nMaxKey = info.nKey;
    }

    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
    ){
      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage);
      }
#endif
      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage);
    }

    /* Check sanity of left child page.
    */
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
      }
#endif
      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &nMinKey, i==0?NULL:&nMaxKey);
      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs");
      }
      depth = d2;
    }
  }

  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);

    pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: ";
    pCheck->v1 = iPage;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
    }
#endif
    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, NULL, !pPage->nCell?NULL:&nMaxKey);
  }
 
  /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
  ** with any left/parent/right pages.
  */
  pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
  pCheck->v1 = iPage;
  if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
    /* if we are a left child page */
    if( pnParentMinKey ){
      /* if we are the left most child page */
      if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
              nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
        }
      }else{
        if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
              "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
              nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
        }
        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
          checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
              nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
        }
        *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
      }
    /* else if we're a right child page */
    } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
      if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
            "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
            nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
      }
    }
  }

  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
  */
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
  pCheck->zPfx = 0;
  if( hit==0 ){
    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
  }else{
    int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
    ** number of cells on the page. */
    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page
    ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */
    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte
    ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */
    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
      u32 size = 65536;
      int j;
      if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
      }
      if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
        pCheck->zPfx = 0;
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
      }else{
        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
      }
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header
    ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no
    ** freeblocks on the page. */
    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    while( i>0 ){
      int size, j;
      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a
      ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next
      ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the
      ** chain. */
      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of
      ** increasing offset. */
      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
      i = j;
    }
    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
      if( hit[i]==0 ){
        cnt++;
      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
        break;
      }
    }
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments
    ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header.
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the
    ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area.
    */
    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
    }
  }
  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
  releasePage(pPage);

end_of_check:
  pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx;
  pCheck->v1 = saved_v1;
  pCheck->v2 = saved_v2;
  return depth+1;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
................................................................................
  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
  sCheck.nErr = 0;
  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
  sCheck.zPfx = 0;
  sCheck.v1 = 0;
  sCheck.v2 = 0;
  *pnErr = 0;
  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return 0;
  }

  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
................................................................................
  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;

  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
  */
  sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
  sCheck.zPfx = 0;

  /* Check all the tables.
  */
  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
    }
#endif
    sCheck.zPfx = "List of tree roots: ";
    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], NULL, NULL);
    sCheck.zPfx = 0;
  }

  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
  */
  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
#else
    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
    ** references to pointer-map pages.
    */
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
  ** of the integrity check.
  */
  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck,
      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
    );
  }

  /* Clean  up and report errors.
  */
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_ABORT;
  }

  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
  **
  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
  */
  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );

  /* Check some assumptions: 
................................................................................

/*
** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
}

/*
** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module.
*/
int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); }

*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10

/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
................................................................................
#endif
int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
................................................................................
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */

int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);

void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);

int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);

/*
................................................................................
** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
**
**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
**
** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).





*/
#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8


/*
** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
*/
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001

................................................................................
int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);

int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
................................................................................

int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);


#ifndef NDEBUG
int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);

*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16

/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
................................................................................
#endif
int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
................................................................................
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */

int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int);

void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);

int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);

/*
................................................................................
** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
**
**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
**
** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
**
** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header.
** It is a read-only number computed by the pager.  But we merge it with
** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same.
** Call it a "virtual meta value".
*/
#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8
#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION        15  /* A virtual meta-value */

/*
** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
*/
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001

................................................................................
int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
................................................................................

int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void);

#ifndef NDEBUG
int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
................................................................................
**      3       2      number of cells on this page
**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
................................................................................
**
** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
*/
struct MemPage {
  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */


  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */

  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
#endif
};

................................................................................
  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
#endif
  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
};

/*
** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
*/
#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
................................................................................
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
*/
typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
struct CellInfo {
  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
};

/*
** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
................................................................................
**
** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** found at self->pBt->mutex. 





*/
struct BtCursor {
  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */

  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 hints;                             /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
};
................................................................................
**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1
#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
#define CURSOR_FAULT             4

................................................................................
  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */


  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
};

/*
** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
*/
#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
................................................................................
**      3       2      number of cells on this page
**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is an integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
................................................................................
**
** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
*/
struct MemPage {
  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
  u8 intKey;           /* True if table b-trees.  False for index b-trees */
  u8 intKeyLeaf;       /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */
  u8 noPayload;        /* True if internal intKey page (thus w/o data) */
  u8 leaf;             /* True if a leaf page */

  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
  u32 iDataVersion;  /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */
  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
#endif
};

................................................................................
  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
#endif
  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */
};

/*
** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
*/
#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
................................................................................
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
*/
typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
struct CellInfo {
  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */
  u8 *pPayload;  /* Pointer to the start of payload */

  u32 nPayload;  /* Bytes of payload */

  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */
  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
};

/*
** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
................................................................................
**
** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
**
** skipNext meaning:
**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0:  Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
**    eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0:  Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
struct BtCursor {
  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 hints;                             /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
};
................................................................................
**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1
#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
#define CURSOR_FAULT             4

................................................................................
  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
  const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */
  int v1, v2;       /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */
  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
};

/*
** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
*/
#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte

                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
}
#else
  #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif














/*
** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
** parse.
**
................................................................................
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
  if( v ){
    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);












    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){
      yDbMask mask;

      int iDb, i;
      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
          iDb,                               /* P1 */
          (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0,     /* P2 */
          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
        );
        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
................................................................................
  }else{
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
  pParse->nSet = 0;
  pParse->nVar = 0;
  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
}

/*
** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
................................................................................
  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
  pParse->nested--;
}











/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
................................................................................
** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName;

  assert( zName!=0 );
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);


  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );







  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
    if( zDbase ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
  }






  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the table identified by *p.
**
** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
*/
static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
#endif
  if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);



  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;
  int len;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
  if( pszEst ){
    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
    if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      if( zChar ){
        while( zChar[0] ){
          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
            int v = 0;
            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
            v = v/4 + 1;
            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
................................................................................
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
  Table *p;
  Column *pCol;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p!=0 ){
    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
      ** is required by pragma table_info.
      */
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
  zStmt[k++] = '(';
  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    static const char * const azType[] = {
        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",

        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
    };
    int len;
    const char *zType;

    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
    zSep = zSep2;
    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
    
    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
    k += len;
    assert( k<=n );
  }
................................................................................
** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
** Changes include:
**
**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
**          data storage is a covering index btree.
**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now
**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
................................................................................
  Index *pPk;
  int nPk;
  int i, j;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;

  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
  ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
  */
  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
    assert( v );
    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
  }

................................................................................
    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
    pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    if( pPk==0 ) return;
    pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
    pTab->iPKey = -1;
  }else{
    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);













  }
  pPk->isCovering = 1;
  assert( pPk!=0 );
  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;

  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);

  assert( pTable );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
    }else{
      pTable->nCol = 0;
      nErr++;
    }
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
  } else {
    nErr++;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
................................................................................
  }else{
    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
  }
  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);

  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)
                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);

  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
  ** records into the sorter. */
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
................................................................................
  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));

  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
................................................................................
    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  }
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 




       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
................................................................................
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
        pTab->zName, zColName);
      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff );
    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
      int nColl;
      assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
................................................................................
    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
    */
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int k;
      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );

      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
        const char *z1;
        const char *z2;
        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
                          pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){
................................................................................
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
*
**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
................................................................................
  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
  }

  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
}

/*
** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
................................................................................
/*
** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
** term added.
................................................................................
** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
  yDbMask mask;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
  if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
    pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
*/
void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
}

/*
** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
................................................................................
** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer.  The
** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
**
** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
** when it has finished using it.
*/
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){
    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
    pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
  }
#endif
  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){
    int i;
    int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
    int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
    KeyInfo *pKey;

    if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
    }else{
      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
    }
    if( pKey ){
      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
        char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
        assert( zColl!=0 );
        pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
                          sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
        pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
      }
      if( pParse->nErr ){
        sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
      }else{
        pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey;

      }
    }
  }
  return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo);

}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/* 
** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
** WITH clause. 
*/

                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
}
#else
  #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif

/*
** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
** 1 bits.  This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0;
  return 1;
}
#endif

/*
** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
** parse.
**
................................................................................
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
  if( v ){
    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);

#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
    if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
      sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
      if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
        pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
        return;
      }
    }
#endif

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
    if( db->mallocFailed==0 
     && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
    ){
      int iDb, i;
      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
      for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
        if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue;
        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
          iDb,                               /* P1 */
          DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */
          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
        );
        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
................................................................................
  }else{
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
  pParse->nSet = 0;
  pParse->nVar = 0;
  DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask);
}

/*
** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
................................................................................
  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
  pParse->nested--;
}

#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the
** list of users and their access credentials.
*/
int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){
  return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0;
}
#endif

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
................................................................................
** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return 0;
#endif

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
  ** exists */
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
    if( zDbase ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
  }
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENICATION
  else if( pParse->db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
    p = 0;
  }
#endif
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the table identified by *p.
**
** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
*/
static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
#endif

  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
  sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst);
#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;

  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;

  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);

  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
  if( pszEst ){
    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
    if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      if( zChar ){
        while( zChar[0] ){
          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
            int v = 0;
            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
            v = v/4 + 1;
            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
................................................................................
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
  Table *p;
  Column *pCol;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p!=0 ){
    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
      ** is required by pragma table_info.
      */
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
  zStmt[k++] = '(';
  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    static const char * const azType[] = {

        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
    };
    int len;
    const char *zType;

    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
    zSep = zSep2;
    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE >= 0 );
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE < ArraySize(azType) );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
    
    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_NONE];
    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
    k += len;
    assert( k<=n );
  }
................................................................................
** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
** Changes include:
**
**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
**          data storage is a covering index btree.
**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
................................................................................
  Index *pPk;
  int nPk;
  int i, j;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;

  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
  ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
  */
  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
    assert( v );
    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
  }

................................................................................
    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
    pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    if( pPk==0 ) return;
    pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
    pTab->iPKey = -1;
  }else{
    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
    /*
    ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY.  For example, change
    ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)".  Later
    ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns.
    */
    for(i=j=1; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
      if( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
        pPk->nColumn--;
      }else{
        pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
      }
    }
    pPk->nKeyCol = j;
  }
  pPk->isCovering = 1;
  assert( pPk!=0 );
  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;

  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);

    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */

  assert( pTable );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
      pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
    }else{
      pTable->nCol = 0;
      nErr++;
    }
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
  } else {
    nErr++;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assembled index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
................................................................................
  }else{
    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
  }
  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);

  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*)
                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);

  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
  ** records into the sorter. */
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
................................................................................
  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));

  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
................................................................................
    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  }
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
       && db->init.busy==0
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
       && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
#endif
       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
................................................................................
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
        pTab->zName, zColName);
      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    assert( j<=0x7fff );
    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
      int nColl;
      assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
................................................................................
    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
    */
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int k;
      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) );
      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) );

      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
        const char *z1;
        const char *z2;
        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 

                          pIndex->zName, pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){
................................................................................
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index.
** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
*
**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
................................................................................
  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
  }

  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
}

/*
** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
................................................................................
/*
** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
** usual case.  If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the
** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
** term added.
................................................................................
** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;


  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );

  if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){
    DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb);
    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
*/
void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb);
  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
}

/*
** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
................................................................................
** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer.  The
** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
**
** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
** when it has finished using it.
*/
KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){








  int i;
  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
  int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
  KeyInfo *pKey;
  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
  if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
  }else{
    pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
  }
  if( pKey ){
    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
      assert( zColl!=0 );
      pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
                        sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
    }
    if( pParse->nErr ){
      sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);


      pKey = 0;
    }
  }


  return pKey;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/* 
** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
** WITH clause. 
*/

/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){

    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){
................................................................................
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
  if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
    pSchema->iGeneration++;
    pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
  }
}

/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/

/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){
................................................................................
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
  if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
    pSchema->iGeneration++;
    pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
  }
}

/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/

**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
**                 semicolon.
**
**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
**                 a statement.
**
**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
**                 the end of a trigger definition.
**
**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
**                 of a trigger difinition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
**
**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
................................................................................
     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
  */
  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
                     /* Token:           */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
  };
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */








  while( *zSql ){
    switch( *zSql ){
      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
        token = tkSEMI;
        break;
      }

**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
**                 semicolon.
**
**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
**                 a statement.
**
**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
**                 statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
**                 the end of a trigger definition.
**
**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
**                 of a trigger definition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
**
**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
................................................................................
     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler
  */
  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
                     /* Token:           */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
  };
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( zSql==0 ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif

  while( *zSql ){
    switch( *zSql ){
      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
        token = tkSEMI;
        break;
      }

  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
  "DISABLE_LFS",



#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD",
#endif
................................................................................
  "TEST",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
  "USE_ALLOCA",



#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
  "WIN32_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
  "ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif
................................................................................
** was used and false if not.
**
** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
** is not required for a match.
*/
int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
  int i, n;







  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);

  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
     && sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n]]==0
    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
  "DISABLE_LFS",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  "ENABLE_API_ARMOR",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD",
#endif
................................................................................
  "TEST",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
  "USE_ALLOCA",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  "USER_AUTHENTICATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
  "WIN32_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
  "ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif
................................................................................
** was used and false if not.
**
** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
** is not required for a match.
*/
int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
  int i, n;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( zOptName==0 ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);

  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
     && sqlite3IsIdChar((unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n])==0
    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
**
** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
** in the following text:
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
................................................................................
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
** the number of errors.
**
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
**      DDDD.DD 
**      now
................................................................................
**
** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
**
**   %d  day of month
**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
**   %H  hour 00-24
**   %j  day of year 000-366
**   %J  ** Julian day number
**   %m  month 01-12
**   %M  minute 00-59
**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
**   %S  seconds 00-59
**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
**   %W  week of year 00-53
**   %Y  year 0000-9999

** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
**
** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
** in the following text:
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
................................................................................
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Attempt to parse the given string into a julian day number.  Return
** the number of errors.
**
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
**      DDDD.DD 
**      now
................................................................................
**
** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
**
**   %d  day of month
**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
**   %H  hour 00-24
**   %j  day of year 000-366
**   %J  ** julian day number
**   %m  month 01-12
**   %M  minute 00-59
**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
**   %S  seconds 00-59
**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
**   %W  week of year 00-53
**   %Y  year 0000-9999

** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
void sqlite3MaterializeView(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
){
  SelectDest dest;
  Select *pSel;
  SrcList *pFrom;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
................................................................................
  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */
 
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif

  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
................................................................................
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
      pPk = 0;
      nPk = 1;
      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    }else{
      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to
      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
      pParse->nMem += nPk;
      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){

      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */

      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
................................................................................
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
void sqlite3MaterializeView(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
){
  SelectDest dest;
  Select *pSel;
  SrcList *pFrom;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
................................................................................
  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
 
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif

  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
................................................................................
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** an ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
      pPk = 0;
      nPk = 1;
      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    }else{
      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to
      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
      pParse->nMem += nPk;
      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){
      testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk );  /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
      assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
................................................................................
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
** have an affinity:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
  int op;
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  if( op==TK_CAST ){
................................................................................
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
**
** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
** free the subtrees and return NULL.
*/
Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
**
** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
**
** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
** assigned.
*/
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  const char *z;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
................................................................................
** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
**
** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
** to enforce this constraint.
*/
static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nSize;
  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
*/
static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
  if( p ){
    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
    u8 *zAlloc;
................................................................................
  pNew->iLimit = 0;
  pNew->iOffset = 0;
  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);

  return pNew;
}
#else
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}

/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
** not constant.
**
** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
**
**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()

**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
**











*/
static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){

  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
  ** from being considered constant. */
  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
    pWalker->u.i = 0;
    return WRC_Abort;
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
    ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST
    ** flag. */
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
        return WRC_Continue;



      }
      /* Fall through */
    case TK_ID:
    case TK_COLUMN:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );



      pWalker->u.i = 0;
      return WRC_Abort;














    default:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
      return WRC_Continue;
  }
}
static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  pWalker->u.i = 0;
  return WRC_Abort;
}
static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
  Walker w;
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
  w.u.i = initFlag;
  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;

  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
  return w.u.i;
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
** an ON or USING clause.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant










** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
** are any variables.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){

  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
}

/*
** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
................................................................................
  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_INTEGER:
    case TK_STRING:
    case TK_FLOAT:
    case TK_BLOB:
      return 0;




    default:
      return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
................................................................................
** address of the new instruction.
*/
int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
}



































/*
** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
**
** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator
** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
**
** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
**
**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
**                         populated epheremal table.


**
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
** existing table.  
**







** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
**
** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
**
** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
** its initial value is NULL.  If the (...) does not remain constant
** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
**
**   if( register==NULL ){
**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
**     register = 1
**   }
**
** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
** test more often than is necessary.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */

  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );


  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
................................................................................
      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
      */
      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);

      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
        ){
          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];

          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
          }
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

















  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( prNotFound ){
      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
    }else{
      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
      }


    }
    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
  }else{
    pX->iTable = iTab;
  }
  return eType;
................................................................................
** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
**
** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
  int testAddr = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);

  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
................................................................................
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
    testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
    );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
  }
#endif

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN: {
      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */

      if( rMayHaveNull ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
      }

      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);

      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
      **
................................................................................

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */

        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;

        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
................................................................................
          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
        }

        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
          int iValToIns;

          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
          */
          if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr);
            testAddr = -1;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
          }else{
            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
................................................................................
      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );

      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
      }else{
        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
................................................................................
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }
  }

  if( testAddr>=0 ){




    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
  }
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);

  return rReg;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

................................................................................
**
** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
**
** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
*/
static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
................................................................................

  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
  */
  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);



  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
  */
  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);

  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
  */
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);












































  /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
  ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
  */

  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
    /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
    ** the same. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{
    int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  }


  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{
    /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);

    /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
    ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
    ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
    ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
    ** expression is also NULL.
    */

    if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
      /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
      ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
      ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
      **
      ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
      ** for this particular IN operator.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }else{
      /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
      ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
      ** outcome.
      */
      int j1, j2;

      /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
      ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
      ** over all of the code that follows.



      */
      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);

      /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
      ** contained within the RHS.  Generate additional code that
      ** tests the RHS for NULLs.  If the RHS contains a NULL then
      ** jump to destIfNull.  If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
      ** jump to destIfFalse.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);

      /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, 
      ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
    }
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
................................................................................
    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
  }else{
    int c;
    i64 value;
    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
    assert( z!=0 );
    c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
      char *zV;
      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
    }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
#else






      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);

#endif
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clear a cache entry.
................................................................................
}

/*
** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
  int i;
  struct yColCache *p;
  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
    int x = p->iReg;
    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
      p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
    }
  }

}

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
**
................................................................................
    case TK_AS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
      int aff, to_op;
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
      if( inReg!=target ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
        inReg = target;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);

      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
................................................................................
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      if( pInfo==0 ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        assert( nFarg>=2 );
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
................................................................................
        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
        target
      ));

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.  */



      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
      }
#endif
      break;
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.
**
** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
................................................................................
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
/*
** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
*/
void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){
  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */

  if( pExpr==0 ){
    op = TK_NULL;
  }else{
    op = pExpr->op;
  }
  switch( op ){
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}",
            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_COLUMN: {
      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}",
                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    case TK_FLOAT: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_STRING: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL");
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case TK_BLOB: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
                           pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_REGISTER: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AS: {
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);





      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
      const char *zAff = "unk";
      switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){
        case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:    zAff = "TEXT";     break;
        case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:    zAff = "NONE";     break;
        case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC";  break;
        case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER";  break;
        case SQLITE_AFF_REAL:    zAff = "REAL";     break;
      }
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff);
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
................................................................................
    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;


    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;

    case TK_COLLATE: {
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }

    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
        pFarg = 0;
      }else{
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(",
                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken);
      }
      if( pFarg ){
        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg);
      }
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_EXISTS: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS(");
      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
      break;
    }
    case TK_SELECT: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(");
      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
      break;
    }
    case TK_IN: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN(");
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);

      }
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

    /*
    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
    **
................................................................................
    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
    */
    case TK_BETWEEN: {
      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN(");
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
      break;
    }
    case TK_TRIGGER: {
      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
      ** read the rowid field.
      */
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", 
          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_CASE: {
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE(");
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
      sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    case TK_RAISE: {
      const char *zType = "unk";
      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
      }
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif



  }

  if( zBinOp ){
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp);
    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,",");
    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight);
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");


  }else if( zUniOp ){
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp);
    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");

  }

}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */


#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)

/*
** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
*/
void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){
    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)");
    return;
  }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){
    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i);
      sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr);
      sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
      if( pList->a[i].zName ){


        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName);
      }
      if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan);
      }
      if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
        sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut);
      }
    }
    sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
  }

}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */

/*
** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
**
................................................................................
**    x BETWEEN y AND z
**
** The above is equivalent to 
**
**    x>=y AND x<=z
**
** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
** elementation of x.
*/
static void exprCodeBetween(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
................................................................................
}

/*
** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
** purpose.
**
** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
** the register becomes stale.
*/
void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
    int i;
    struct yColCache *p;
    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){

** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all
** have an affinity:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
  int op;
  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0;
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  if( op==TK_CAST ){
................................................................................
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
**
** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
** free the subtrees and return NULL.
*/
Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
**
** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
**
** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is
** assigned.
*/
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  const char *z;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
................................................................................
** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
**
** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
** to enforce this constraint.
*/
static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nSize;
  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
*/
static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
  if( p ){
    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
    u8 *zAlloc;
................................................................................
  pNew->iLimit = 0;
  pNew->iOffset = 0;
  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
  sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
  return pNew;
}
#else
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}

/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
** for.
**
** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
**
**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()                  pWalker->eCode==1
**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()           pWalker->eCode==2
**     sqlite3ExprRefOneTableOnly()             pWalker->eCode==3
**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()        pWalker->eCode==4 or 5
**
** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression
** is found to not be a constant.
**
** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions
** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing
** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement.  A bound
** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted
** to NULL for existing schemas.  This allows sqlite_master tables that 
** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
** malformed schema error.
*/
static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){

  /* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from
  ** the ON or USING clauses of a left join disqualifies the expression
  ** from being considered constant. */
  if( pWalker->eCode==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
    pWalker->eCode = 0;
    return WRC_Abort;
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
    ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
    ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }

    case TK_ID:
    case TK_COLUMN:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
      if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
    case TK_VARIABLE:
      if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){
        /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
        ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
        ** of the sqlite_master table */
        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
      }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){
        /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
        ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
      /* Fall through */
    default:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
      return WRC_Continue;
  }
}
static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  pWalker->eCode = 0;
  return WRC_Abort;
}
static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag, int iCur){
  Walker w;
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
  w.eCode = initFlag;
  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
  w.u.iCur = iCur;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
  return w.eCode;
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
  return exprIsConst(p, 1, 0);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
** an ON or USING clause.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
  return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression constant
** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur.  In other words, the
** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any
** table other than iCur.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){
  return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
** are any variables.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){
  assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 );
  return exprIsConst(p, 4+isInit, 0);
}

/*
** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
................................................................................
  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_INTEGER:
    case TK_STRING:
    case TK_FLOAT:
    case TK_BLOB:
      return 0;
    case TK_COLUMN:
      assert( p->pTab!=0 );
      return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) ||
             (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0);
    default:
      return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
................................................................................
** address of the new instruction.
*/
int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
}

/*
** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if
** it contains any NULL entries.  Cause the register at regHasNull to be set
** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs.  Cause register regHasNull
** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values.
*/
static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){
  int j1;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull);
  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
  VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur));
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the 
** right-hand side.  Return TRUE if that list is constant.
*/
static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
  Expr *pLHS;
  int res;
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) );
  pLHS = pIn->pLeft;
  pIn->pLeft = 0;
  res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn);
  pIn->pLeft = pLHS;
  return res;
}
#endif

/*
** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
**
** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
**
** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
**
**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
**                         populated epheremal table.
**   IN_INDEX_NOOP       - No cursor was allocated.  The IN operator must be
**                         implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
**
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
** existing table.
**
** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
** IN operator.
**
** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
**
** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used 
** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must 
** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
**
** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this
** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership
** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP.  In that case, the
** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence
** of Eq or Ne comparison operations.
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
** contains a NULL.  If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and 
** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged.
**
** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then
** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more
** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no
** NULL values.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){



  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
  int mustBeUnique;                     /* True if RHS must be unique */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */

  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;

  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
................................................................................
      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
      */
      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);

      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)))
        ){
          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];

          if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
            *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
            sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull);
          }
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
  ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
  ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate
  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
  */
  if( eType==0
   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
  ){
    eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
  }
     

  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){



      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
      }
    }else if( prRhsHasNull ){
      *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
    }
    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
  }else{
    pX->iTable = iTab;
  }
  return eType;
................................................................................
** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.


** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull
** to NULL.  Calling routines will take care of changing this register
** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.




**
** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
  int rHasNullFlag,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
  int jmpIfDynamic = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);

  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
................................................................................
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
    jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
    );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
  }
#endif

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN: {
      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */





      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);

      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
      **
................................................................................

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */
        Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pSelect->iLimit = 0;
        testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
................................................................................
          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
        }

        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
          int iValToIns;

          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
          */
          if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic);
            jmpIfDynamic = -1;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
          }else{
            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
................................................................................
      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );

      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
        dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
      }else{
        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
................................................................................
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }
  }

  if( rHasNullFlag ){
    sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag);
  }

  if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic);
  }
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);

  return rReg;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

................................................................................
**
** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
**
** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
*/
static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
................................................................................

  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
  */
  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
                             IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
                             destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull);

  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
  */
  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);

  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
  */
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);

  /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is
  ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a
  ** sequence of comparisons.
  */
  if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){
    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
    int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    int r2, regToFree;
    int regCkNull = 0;
    int ii;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
    if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
      regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull);
    }
    for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, &regToFree);
      if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
      }
      if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2,
                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1);
        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity);
      }else{
        assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2,
                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      }
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree);
    }
    if( regCkNull ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull);
  }else{
  
    /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
    ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
    */
    if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){
      if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
        /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
        ** the same. */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      }else{
        int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
      }
    }
  
    if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
      /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }else{
      /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
  
      /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
      ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
      ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
      ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
      ** expression is also NULL.
      */
      assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 );
      if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){
        /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
        ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
        ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
        **
        ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
        ** for this particular IN operator.
        */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }else{
        /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
        ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
        ** outcome.
        */
        int j1;
  
        /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
        ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does

        ** not matter.  If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the
        ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is
        ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free.
        */
        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
        VdbeCoverage(v);







        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);


        VdbeCoverage(v);

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);


      }




    }
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
................................................................................
    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
  }else{
    int c;
    i64 value;
    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
    assert( z!=0 );
    c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value);
    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
      char *zV;
      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
    }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
#else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER
      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z);
      }else
#endif
      {
        codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
      }
#endif
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clear a cache entry.
................................................................................
}

/*
** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){


  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);






  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
**
................................................................................
    case TK_AS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */

      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);













      if( inReg!=target ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
        inReg = target;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target,
                        sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0));
      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
................................................................................
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      if( pInfo==0 ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evaluation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        assert( nFarg>=2 );
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
................................................................................
        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
        target
      ));

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.
      **
      ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to
      ** floating point when extracting it from the record.  */
      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
      }
#endif
      break;
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.
**
** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
................................................................................
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
*/
void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){

  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  if( pExpr==0 ){
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil");
    sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    return;
  }
  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}",
            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_COLUMN: {
      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
      }else{
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}",
                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
      }else{
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    case TK_FLOAT: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_STRING: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case TK_BLOB: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
                          pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_REGISTER: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AS: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"AS %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
      break;
    }
    case TK_ID: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);









      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
................................................................................
    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
    case TK_DOT:     zBinOp = "DOT";    break;

    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;

    case TK_COLLATE: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
      break;
    }

    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
        pFarg = 0;
      }else{
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q",
                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
      }else{
        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      }
      if( pFarg ){
        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, 0, 0);
      }

      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_EXISTS: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr");
      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);

      break;
    }
    case TK_SELECT: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr");
      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);

      break;
    }
    case TK_IN: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN");
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
      }else{

        sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);
      }

      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

    /*
    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
    **
................................................................................
    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
    */
    case TK_BETWEEN: {
      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN");
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0);



      break;
    }
    case TK_TRIGGER: {
      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
      ** read the rowid field.
      */
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", 
          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
      break;
    }
    case TK_CASE: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE");
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
      sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0);

      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    case TK_RAISE: {
      const char *zType = "unk";
      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
      }
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
    default: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op);
      break;
    }
  }
  if( zBinOp ){




    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zBinOp);
    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1);
    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0);
  }else if( zUniOp ){


    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zUniOp);
    sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
  }
  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}

#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */


#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
*/
void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(
  TreeView *pView,
  const ExprList *pList,
  u8 moreToFollow,
  const char *zLabel
){
  int i;
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST";
  if( pList==0 ){
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel);
  }else{
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel);
    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1);
#if 0
     if( pList->a[i].zName ){
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName);
      }
      if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){
        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan);
      }
#endif

    }
  }


  sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */

/*
** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
**
................................................................................
**    x BETWEEN y AND z
**
** The above is equivalent to 
**
**    x>=y AND x<=z
**
** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
** elimination of x.
*/
static void exprCodeBetween(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
................................................................................
}

/*
** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
** purpose.
**
** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
** the register becomes stale.
*/
void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
    int i;
    struct yColCache *p;
    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){

**
**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
**      PRIMARY KEY, or
**
**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
**      consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in 
**      the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
*/
int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
................................................................................
    assert( nCol>1 );
    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
    *paiCol = aiCol;
  }

  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */

      if( zKey==0 ){
        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
................................................................................
    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
    assert( nIncr==1 );
    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
  }else{
    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
      sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
}
................................................................................

/*
** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.




**
** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
**
**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);

  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  if( pWInfo ){
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
................................................................................
** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
          return 1;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}



















/*
** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
** processing for the operation.
**
** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
................................................................................
  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
    int *aiFree = 0;
    int *aiCol;
    int iCol;
    int i;
    int isIgnore = 0;

    if( aChange 
     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
    ){
      continue;
    }
................................................................................
      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
      if( db->xAuth ){
        int rcauth;
        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
        isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
      }
#endif
    }

    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
    ** in the parent table.  */
................................................................................
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
    pParse->nTab++;

    if( regOld!=0 ){
      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
    }
    if( regNew!=0 ){
      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ 






      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
    }

    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
  }

  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
  ** (the "child" constraints) */
................................................................................
      continue;
    }

    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
    ){
      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
      ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
      continue;
    }

    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
      continue;
    }
................................................................................
      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
  
      if( regNew!=0 ){
        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
      }
      if( regOld!=0 ){
        /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
        ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception 
        ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
        ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
        ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
        ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default.  */
        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);




















      }
      pItem->zName = 0;
      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
  }
}
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

**
**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
**      PRIMARY KEY, or
**
**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
**      consists of a different number of columns to the child key in 
**      the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
*/
int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
................................................................................
    assert( nCol>1 );
    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
    *paiCol = aiCol;
  }

  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ 
      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */

      if( zKey==0 ){
        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
................................................................................
    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
    assert( nIncr==1 );
    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
  }else{
    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
}
................................................................................

/*
** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
**
** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease
** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this
** may increase the number of FK constraint problems).
**
** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
**
**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);

  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
  ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate
  ** foreign key constraint counter. */

  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);



  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
  if( pWInfo ){
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }

  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
................................................................................
** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){

  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
          return 1;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being
** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging
** to trigger pFKey.
*/
static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){
  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
  if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){
    Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger;
    if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull)
     || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull)
    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
** processing for the operation.
**
** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
................................................................................
  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
    int *aiFree = 0;
    int *aiCol;
    int iCol;
    int i;
    int bIgnore = 0;

    if( aChange 
     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
    ){
      continue;
    }
................................................................................
      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
      if( db->xAuth ){
        int rcauth;
        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
        bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
      }
#endif
    }

    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
    ** in the parent table.  */
................................................................................
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
    pParse->nTab++;

    if( regOld!=0 ){
      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
    }
    if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){
      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. 
      **
      ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
      ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very 
      ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
      ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
      ** this row to cause an FK violation.  */
      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore);
    }

    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
  }

  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
  ** (the "child" constraints) */
................................................................................
      continue;
    }

    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
    ){
      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
      ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
      continue;
    }

    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
      continue;
    }
................................................................................
      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
  
      if( regNew!=0 ){
        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
      }
      if( regOld!=0 ){
        int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0];





        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
        /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL
        ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by
        ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger.
        ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case.
        **
        ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the
        ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway
        ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE
        ** within the action trigger).
        **
        ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
        ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
        ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action 
        ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the 
        ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
        ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are 
        ** omitted.  */
        if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){
          sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
        }
      }
      pItem->zName = 0;
      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
  }
}
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;



}

/*
** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
** iteration of the aggregate loop.
*/
static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
................................................................................
      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
      sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
      ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
      ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. 
      */
      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
    while( *z && p1 ){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      p1--;
    }
    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);

  }else{
    if( p1+p2>len ){
      p2 = len-p1;
      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
................................................................................
  assert( nByte>0 );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    z = 0;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
    if( !z ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    }
  }
  return z;
}

................................................................................
/*
** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)    (*((*A)++))
# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]

#else
# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }

#endif

static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };

/*
** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
**
** Globbing rules:
**
**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
**
**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
................................................................................
**
** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
** it the last character in the list.
**
** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
**
** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
**
**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only







*/
static int patternCompare(
  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
){
  u32 c, c2;
  int invert;
  int seen;
  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;

  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 


  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */






  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){
    if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){



      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll
               || c == matchOne ){
        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
          return 0;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        return 1;
      }else if( c==esc ){

        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
        if( c==0 ){
          return 0;
        }
      }else if( c==matchSet ){
        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */

        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
        }
        return *zString!=0;
      }
      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){













        if( noCase ){
          GlobUpperToLower(c2);
          GlobUpperToLower(c);
          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){

            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
            GlobUpperToLower(c2);


          }




        }else{
          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);


          }
        }
        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
      }
      return 0;
    }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){

      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
        return 0;
      }
    }else if( c==matchSet ){


      u32 prior_c = 0;
      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
      seen = 0;
      invert = 0;
      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
      if( c==0 ) return 0;
      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
      if( c2=='^' ){
        invert = 1;
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
      }
      if( c2==']' ){
        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
      }
      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
          prior_c = 0;
        }else{
          if( c==c2 ){
            seen = 1;
          }
          prior_c = c2;
        }
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
      }
      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
        return 0;
      }
    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
      prevEscape = 1;
    }else{
      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
      if( noCase ){
        GlobUpperToLower(c);
        GlobUpperToLower(c2);

      }
      if( c!=c2 ){
        return 0;
      }
      prevEscape = 0;




    }


  }
  return *zString==0;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.
*/
................................................................................
    }else{
      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
    }                                                    \
  }
  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free);
}

/*
** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
*/
static void hexFunc(
................................................................................
    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
    }else{
      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
    }
  }else{

    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
  }
}
static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
  sqlite3_value *pRes;
  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( pRes ){
................................................................................
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
  return 1;
}

/*
** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
**
** After this routine runs
*/
void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
  /*
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),

    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),

    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
................................................................................
    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),



#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
................................................................................
  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
  #endif
    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
 /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
    {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
  
    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL
** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
** time functions, are implemented separately.)



*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  VdbeOp *pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1];
  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
  return pOp->p4.pColl;
}

/*
** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
** iteration of the aggregate loop.
*/
static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
................................................................................
      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
      sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
      ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob
      ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value.
      */
      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
    while( *z && p1 ){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      p1--;
    }
    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
    sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
                          SQLITE_UTF8);
  }else{
    if( p1+p2>len ){
      p2 = len-p1;
      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
................................................................................
  assert( nByte>0 );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    z = 0;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
    if( !z ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    }
  }
  return z;
}

................................................................................
/*
** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)        (*((*A)++))
# define GlobUpperToLower(A)       A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
# define GlobUpperToLowerAscii(A)  A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
#else
# define GlobUpperToLower(A)       if( A<=0x7f ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
# define GlobUpperToLowerAscii(A)  A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
#endif

static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };

/*
** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
** potentially be a "glob" or "like" expression.  Return true (1) if they
** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
**
** Globbing rules:
**
**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
**
**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
................................................................................
**
** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
** it the last character in the list.
**
** Like matching rules:
** 
**      '%'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
**
***     '_'       Matches any one character
**
**      Ec        Where E is the "esc" character and c is any other
**                character, including '%', '_', and esc, match exactly c.
**
** The comments through this routine usually assume glob matching.
**
** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
*/
static int patternCompare(
  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
){
  u32 c, c2;                       /* Next pattern and input string chars */


  u32 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;  /* "?" or "_" */
  u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;  /* "*" or "%" */

  u32 matchOther;                  /* "[" or the escape character */
  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase;       /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
  const u8 *zEscaped = 0;          /* One past the last escaped input char */
  
  /* The GLOB operator does not have an ESCAPE clause.  And LIKE does not
  ** have the matchSet operator.  So we either have to look for one or
  ** the other, never both.  Hence the single variable matchOther is used
  ** to store the one we have to look for.
  */
  matchOther = esc ? esc : pInfo->matchSet;

  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){
    if( c==matchAll ){  /* Match "*" */
      /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern.  If there
      ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a
      ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */
      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll
               || c == matchOne ){
        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
          return 0;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        return 1;   /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */
      }else if( c==matchOther ){
        if( esc ){
          c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
          if( c==0 ) return 0;

        }else{
          /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*".  We have to do a slow
          ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */
          assert( matchOther<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
          while( *zString
                 && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
            SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
          }
          return *zString!=0;
        }

      }

      /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the
      ** pattern string past the "*".  Search in the input string for the
      ** first matching character and recursively contine the match from
      ** that point.